Administrator Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsC9010 Modular Chassis Switch

Dell Networking Command-Line Reference

Guide for the C9010 Series

Version 9.11(2.1P2)

Summary of content (1672 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Networking Command-Line Reference Guide for the C9010 Series Version 9.11(2.
PAGE 2
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your product. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. © 2016 Dell Inc. or its subsidiaries. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide......................................................................................................................... 42 Objectives.............................................................................................................................................................................42 Audience......................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 4
ip telnet source-interface....................................................................................................................................................81 ip tftp source-interface.......................................................................................................................................................82 line.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 5
dir......................................................................................................................................................................................... 163 format flash........................................................................................................................................................................ 165 mkdir.................................................................................................................................
PAGE 6
remark...........................................................................................................................................................................208 show config...................................................................................................................................................................210 Common IP ACL Commands...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 7
permit.............................................................................................................................................................................261 seq................................................................................................................................................................................. 262 IP Prefix List Commands.........................................................................................................................
PAGE 8
bfd enable (Interface).......................................................................................................................................................298 bfd interval ........................................................................................................................................................................ 298 bfd protocol-liveness................................................................................................................................
PAGE 9
debug ip bgp keepalives..............................................................................................................................................335 debug ip bgp notifications.......................................................................................................................................... 336 debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration.............................................................................................................................
PAGE 10
shutdown address-family-ipv6–unicast.................................................................................................................... 371 show capture bgp-pdu neighbor............................................................................................................................... 372 show config.................................................................................................................................................................. 373 show ip bgp.....
PAGE 11
bgp cluster-id................................................................................................................................................................419 bgp confederation identifier........................................................................................................................................419 bgp dampening.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 12
neighbor remote-as..................................................................................................................................................... 447 neighbor remove-private-as.......................................................................................................................................448 neighbor route-map....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 13
show cam-acl............................................................................................................................................................... 476 show cam-usage..........................................................................................................................................................477 show cam-acl-pe.....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 14
debug dcbx................................................................................................................................................................... 519 fcoe priority-bits.......................................................................................................................................................... 520 iscsi priority-bits..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 15
domain-name............................................................................................................................................................... 589 excluded-address........................................................................................................................................................ 589 hardware-address....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 16
15 FCoE Transit........................................................................................................................... 619 clear fip-snooping database interface vlan.....................................................................................................................619 clear fip-snooping statistics............................................................................................................................................. 620 debug fip snooping.............
PAGE 17
gvrp enable........................................................................................................................................................................ 653 gvrp registration................................................................................................................................................................ 653 protocol gvrp.....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 18
show interfaces phy.....................................................................................................................................................715 show interfaces status................................................................................................................................................ 719 show interfaces switchport........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 19
debug isis snp-packets......................................................................................................................................................770 debug isis spf-triggers.......................................................................................................................................................770 debug isis update-packets.....................................................................................................................................
PAGE 20
show isis graceful-restart detail...................................................................................................................................... 809 show isis hostname............................................................................................................................................................810 show isis interface...............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 21
arp backoff-time................................................................................................................................................................ 851 arp learn-enable.................................................................................................................................................................852 arp retries...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 22
cam-acl-egress..................................................................................................................................................................904 clear counters ipv6 access-group...................................................................................................................................905 deny (for IPv6 ACLs).................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 23
advertise dcbx-app-tlv..................................................................................................................................................... 948 iscsi aging time.................................................................................................................................................................. 949 iscsi cos................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 24
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)................................................................................ 984 clear lacp counters............................................................................................................................................................ 984 debug lacp..........................................................................................................................................................................985 lacp long-timeout...
PAGE 25
ip mroute......................................................................................................................................................................1018 ip multicast-limit..........................................................................................................................................................1019 ip multicast-routing.......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 26
ipv6 nd ra–guard enable................................................................................................................................................. 1053 ipv6 nd ra–guard policy.................................................................................................................................................. 1053 managed-config-flag................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 27
distribute-list in...........................................................................................................................................................1088 distribute-list out........................................................................................................................................................1089 enable inverse-mask...........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 28
timers throttle lsa arrival............................................................................................................................................ 1138 OSPFv3 Commands.........................................................................................................................................................1139 area authentication...................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
stack unit............................................................................................................................................................................ 1191 41 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+)....................................................................................1193 description......................................................................................................................................................................... 1193 disable....
PAGE 30
show ip pim bsr-router.............................................................................................................................................. 1228 show ip pim snooping neighbor................................................................................................................................1229 show ip pim interface................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 31
power inline................................................................................................................................................................. 1277 power inline legacy..................................................................................................................................................... 1278 power inline mode..............................................................................................................................................
PAGE 32
match ip precedence..................................................................................................................................................1316 match ip vlan............................................................................................................................................................... 1317 match mac access-group..........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 33
tc-flush-standard.............................................................................................................................................................1356 50 Remote Monitoring (RMON).................................................................................................. 1357 rmon alarm........................................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 34
role ............................................................................................................................................................................. 1392 show role .................................................................................................................................................................. 1393 show userroles .......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 35
dot1x authentication (Configuration)...................................................................................................................... 1428 dot1x authentication (Interface).............................................................................................................................. 1429 dot1x auth-fail-vlan....................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 36
ip dhcp snooping vlan................................................................................................................................................ 1464 show ip dhcp snooping..............................................................................................................................................1464 ICMP Vulnerabilities.........................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 37
Syslog Commands........................................................................................................................................................... 1503 clear logging................................................................................................................................................................1503 clear logging auditlog........................................................................................................................................
PAGE 38
storm-control multicast (Configuration)...................................................................................................................... 1548 storm-control multicast (Interface).............................................................................................................................. 1549 storm-control pfc-llfc......................................................................................................................................................
PAGE 39
ntp disable......................................................................................................................................................................... 1577 ntp master ..................................................................................................................................................... 1577 ntp multicast client...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 40
show vlt counters.............................................................................................................................................................1610 show vlt detail....................................................................................................................................................................1611 show vlt inconsistency...............................................................................................................................
PAGE 41
ip vrf forwarding.............................................................................................................................................................. 1646 ip route-export................................................................................................................................................................. 1647 ip route-import......................................................................................................................................
PAGE 42
1 About this Guide This CLI guide provides information about the Dell Networking operating system (OS) command-line interface (CLI) supported on a C9010 console to configure a C9010 switch, C1048P, N20xx, and N30xx port extenders. The C9010 switch is also referred to as network director or control bridge. The port extenders are also referred to as rapid access nodes. This book also includes information about the protocols and features supported in the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 43
CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. NOTE: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
PAGE 44
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 45
When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 46
linecard link-bundle-distribution load-balance logging mac mac-address-table management monitor no ntp openflow password-attributes policy-map-input policy-map-output port-channel privilege protocol protocol-tunnel qos-policy-input qos-policy-output qos-rate-adjust frame for rate policing/shaping radius-server redundancy reload-type rmon route-map mode router script service service-class Routing mapping sflow snmp snmp-server storm-control strict-priority switch mount tacacs-server uplink-state-group config
PAGE 47
Key Combination Action CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword. CNTL-K Deletes all the characters from the cursor to the end of the command line. CNTL-L Re-enters the previous command. CNTL-N Returns to the more recent commands in the history buffer after recalling commands with Ctrl-P or the up Arrow key. CNTL-P Recalls commands, beginning with the last command. CNTL-R Re-enters the previous command.
PAGE 48
find searches for the first occurrence of a pattern grep displays text that matches a pattern. The grep command option has an ignore-case suboption that makes the search case-insensitive.
PAGE 49
CONFIGURATION Mode In EXEC Privilege mode, use the configure command to enter CONFIGURATION mode and configure routing protocols and access interfaces. To enter CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command.
PAGE 50
2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmp-groupid). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EIS Mode To enable or configure Egress Interface Selection (EIS), use EIS mode. For more information, see EIS Commands. To enter EIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis).
PAGE 51
GRUB Mode To enable GRUB mode, press ESC when the following message appears during a system boot: Press ESC key to stop autoreboot.... Select Force10 Boot using the arrow keys and then press the “C” key to enter the GRUB Command Line Interface. The command prompt changes to grub>. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces. An interface can be physical (for example, a 10-Gigabit Ethernet port) or virtual (for example, the Null interface).
PAGE 52
LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode. For more information, see Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP). To enter LLDP mode: 1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-if-interface-lldp).
PAGE 53
2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. PE Configuration Mode To configure certain the port extender features such as, the PoE feature, use the PE CONFIGURATION mode. For more information, see the Port Extenders (PE) To enter PE CONFIGURATION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter thepe pe-id command.
PAGE 54
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode To enable and configure GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP), use PROTOCOL GVRP mode. For more information, see GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP). To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode.
PAGE 55
2. Enter the router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_ospf-id). You can switch to INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to ROUTER RIP mode by using the router rip command. ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. For more information, see Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3). To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 56
UPLINK STATE GROUP Mode To enable and configure an uplink-state group, use UPLINK STATE GROUP mode. For more information, see Uplink Failure Detection (UFD). To enter UPLINK STATE GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-state-groupgroupID).
PAGE 57
3 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they are implemented in the Dell Networking OS on the switch.
PAGE 58
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • show cpu-interface-stats show debugging show environment show inventory show linecard show login statistics show memory show processes cpu show processes ipc show processes ipc flow-control show processes memory show rpm show software ifm show system linecard show tech-support show util-threshold cpu show util-threshold memory show version telnet terminal length traceroute undebug all upload trace-log util-threshold cpu util-threshold memory virtual-ip
PAGE 59
Usage Information You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER.
PAGE 60
Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system.
PAGE 61
Example Dell(conf)#banner login ? acknowledgement Require positive acknowledgment after login prompt keyboard-interactive Press enter key to get prompt LINE c banner-text(max length 255) c, where 'c' is a delimiting character Dell(conf)#no banner login ? acknowledgement Disable positive acknowledgment required after login prompt keyboard-interactive Prompt will be displayed by default If you configure the acknowledgement keyword, the system requires a positive acknowledgement from the user while logging in
PAGE 62
Version Description E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the EXEC banner (if configured) displays.
PAGE 63
ipv6acl number Enter ipv6acl and the FP block number for IPv6. The FP block number range is from 0 to 4 (multiples of 2). ipv4qos number Enter ipv4qos and the FP block number for IPv4–QoS. The FP block number range is from 0 to 8. l2qos number Enter l2qos and the FP block number for L2–QoS. The FP block number range is from 1 to 8. l2pt number Enter l2pt and the FP block number for L2–Protocol tunneling. The FP block number range is from 0 to 1.
PAGE 64
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information For the new settings to take effect, save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires four blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated.
PAGE 65
clear alarms Clear alarms on the system. C9000 Series Syntax clear alarms Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 66
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. C9000 Series Syntax configure [terminal] Parameters terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 67
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
PAGE 68
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. disable Return to EXEC mode. C9000 Series Syntax disable [level] From a port extender (PE) console, use disable [level] to return to EXEC mode. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 69
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. CONFIGURATION INTERFACE The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 70
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 71
To disable optical power information updates, use the no enable optical-info-update interval command. Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 72
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode.
PAGE 73
Example Dell Networking OS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode. C9000 Series Syntax exit From a PE console, use exit command to return to the lower command mode. Command Modes • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 74
ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system. C9000 Series Syntax ftp-server enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands 74 Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 75
ftp-server topdir Specify the top-level directory to be accessed when an incoming FTP connection request is made. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ftp-server topdir directory directory Enter the directory path. Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 76
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
PAGE 77
Version Description E-Series Original command. Usage Information The host name is used in the command-line prompt. To configure a desired PE console hostname, use the hostname command from a PE console. To unconfigure the hostname configured for the PE console, use no hostname. If no hostnames are configured, the system. uses the default hostname, “Dell”. Example (PE Console) Dell#hostname PE1 PE1# ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections.
PAGE 78
Related Commands ip ftp username — sets the user name for the FTP sessions. ip ftp source-interface Configure an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 79
ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests. C9000 Series Syntax ip ftp username username To return to anonymous FTP connections, use the no ip ftp username [username] command. Parameters username Enter a text string as the user name up to 40 characters long. Defaults No user name is configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 80
• • • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Defaults The IP address on the system that is closest to the Telnet address is used in the outgoing packets. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 81
ip telnet source-interface Set an interface’s IP address as the source address in outgoing packets for Telnet sessions. C9000 Series Syntax ip telnet source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [interface] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 82
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 83
Parameters console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number from 0 to 9 to configure a virtual terminal line for Telnet sessions. The system supports 10 Telnet sessions. end-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 9 as the last virtual terminal line to configure. You can configure multiple lines at one time.
PAGE 84
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The switch supports full core dumps for kernel crashes.
PAGE 85
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500. Usage Information You must have either the System Administrator or Security Administrator privileges to configure login concurrentsession limit or to enable clear-line. To limit the number of concurrent sessions that any user can have on console, auxiliary, and virtual terminal lines, use the login concurrent-session limit number-of-sessions command.
PAGE 86
login statistics Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. Syntax login statistics {enable | time-period days} no login statistics {enable | time-period days} Parameters enable Enables login statistics for the last 30 days by default. time-period days Sets the number of days the system stores user login statistics; range is from 1 to 30. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 87
Password: Last successful login: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 on console There were 2 unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login. There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s). There were 1 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in the last 30 day(s). The preceding message shows that the user had previously logged in to the system using the console line.
PAGE 88
• • N: Do not set the “don't fragment” bit. Y: Do set “don't fragment” bit Default is No. validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • • N: Do not validate reply data. Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No. outgoing-interface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address. pattern pattern (IPv4 only) Enter the IPv4 data pattern. Range: 0-FFFF. Default: 0xABCD.
PAGE 89
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. Usage Information When you enter the ping command without specifying an IP/IPv6 address (Extended Ping), you are prompted for a target IP/IPv6 address, a repeat count, a datagram size (up to 1500 bytes), a timeout (in seconds), and for extended commands.
PAGE 90
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. reload Reboot the system. C9000 Series Syntax reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change | pe pe-id] From a PE console, use reload to perform a cold restart.
PAGE 91
Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 92
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.
PAGE 93
Examples Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 94
show asf View statistics about the Alternate Store and Forward (ASF) packets that are transmitted on the switch line cards. C9000 Series Syntax show asf linecard slot-id Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the slot ID of a line card. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2. Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 95
show chassis View the configuration and status of modules in the system. Use this command to determine the chassis mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show chassis [brief] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a summary of the show chassis output. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 96
-----------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 3498 up 3501 up 3464 up 3510 0 1 up up 3510 up 3407 up 3501 up 3431 0 2 up up 3545 up 3504 up 3440 up 3440 Speed in RPM Related Commands • • show linecard – view the line card status. show rpm – view the RPM status. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp.
PAGE 97
console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: from console [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 15:47:23]: [11/20 21:17:35]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:17:36]: [11/20 21:19:25]: Dell# CMD-(CLI):[no disable]by default from console CMD-(CLI
PAGE 98
Usage Information CAUTION: Use this command only when you are working directly with a technical support representative to troubleshoot a problem. Do not use this command unless a technical support representative instructs you to do so. show cpu-traffic-stats View CPU traffic statistics. C9000 Series Syntax show cpu-traffic-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id | pe ] Parameters number Specify an interface number. The number of interfaces range from 1 to 1568.
PAGE 99
Processor : RP --------------Received 100% traffic on fortyGigE 2/12 Total packets:168 LLC:0, SNAP:0, IP:165, ARP:0, other:3 Unicast:42, Multicast:126, Broadcast:0 Related Commands debug cpu-traffic-stats — enables CPU traffic statistics for debugging. show cpu-interface-stats View CPU interface statistics. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show cpu-interface-stats [cp | rp | linecard {slot-id} |all] cp Enter the keyword cp to display the interface statistics only from the Control Processor.
PAGE 100
Recv Restarts Fatal : 0 -- Dataplane ethernet statistics -bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :0 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :0 dropped :0 recvToNet :0 rxError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0) :0 rxPkt(COS1) :0 rxPkt(COS2) :0 rxPkt(COS3) :0 rxPkt(COS4) :0 rxPkt(COS5) :0 rxPkt(COS6) :0 rxPkt(COS7) :0 rxPkt(UNIT0) :0 rxPkt(UNIT1) :0 rxPkt(UNIT2) :0 rxPkt(UNIT3) :0 transmitted :0 txRequested :0 noTxDesc :0 txError :0 txReqTooLarge :0 txDatapathErr :0 txPkt(COS0) :0 txPkt(COS1) :0 txPkt(COS2) :
PAGE 101
0xb9594000 0xb95a8000 select_wait 54 ----RW---f select_wait 54 ----RW---f -- netstat -i command output -Name Mtu Network Address Colls Drops bc0 1500 00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 mul0 1500 00:00:00:00:00:00 0 0 wm0 1500 74:86:7a:ff:6f:24 0 0 wm1 9710 74:86:7a:ff:6e:a0 0 0 lo0 33192 0 0 lo0 33192 ::1/128 ::1 0 0 lo0 33192 127.0.0/24 127.0.0.1 0 0 backp 1500 74:86:7a:ff:6f:24 0 0 backp 1500 127.10.10/24 RPM0-CP 0 0 backp 1500 127.10.10.
PAGE 102
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 103
Default Display status information on all system components. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
PAGE 104
0 3 up AC up 18880 643.
PAGE 105
Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.4 Output expanded to include Piece Part ID (PPID) and eSR4 optics. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for S-Series. S-Series output differs from ESeries.
PAGE 106
1 NA 1 N/A C1048P-PWR-AC NA C1048P-FAN N/A 001ABCD001 00A US-001YHN-17972-38N-007A 001 NA N/A N/A * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured --------------------------LLDP Related Commands • • show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. show interfaces transceiver — displays the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. show linecard Display the linecard(s) status.
PAGE 107
show linecard output Field Description Hardware Rev Displays the chipset revision. Num Ports Displays the number of ports in the line card. Up Time Displays the number of hours and minutes the card is online. Dell Networking OS Version Displays the operating software version. Jumbo Capable Displays Yes or No indicating if the line card can support Jumbo frames. Boot Flash Ver Displays the two possible Bootflash versions.
PAGE 108
Status Next Boot Required Type (EF) Current Type (EF) Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable Boot Flash Memory Size Temperature Power Status Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Dell# Example (CSeries) 108 : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a 48 12 hr, 37 min 6.2.1.x yes A: 2.0.3.4 B: 2.0.3.
PAGE 109
show login statistics Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. Syntax Parameters show login statistics [all | [[successful-attempts | unsuccessful-attempts] [user login-id] [time-period days]] | user login-id] all (Optional)Displays the login statistics of all users in the last 30 days or the custom defined time period.
PAGE 110
Last login time: 12:52:01 UTC Tue Mar 22 2016 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.16.127.143 ) Unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login: 0 Unsuccessful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 0 Successful login attempt(s) in last 30 day(s): 1 -----------------------------------------------------------------The following is sample output of the show login statistics all command.
PAGE 111
The following is sample output of the show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user login-id command. Dell# show login statistics unsuccessful-attempts user admin There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 12 day(s). The following is sample output of the show login statistics successful-attempts command. Dell#show login statistics successful-attempts There were 4 successful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s).
PAGE 112
Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of the line-card processor (LP) part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the LP. The total counter size in show memory and show processes memory differs based on which OS processes are counted. • • Examples In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes.
PAGE 113
stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. all Enter the keyword all to display usage information for all switch CPUs: control processor, route processor, and linecards. summary Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of CPU usage. details Enter the keyword details to view detailed information about CPU usage.
PAGE 114
0x00000250 0x0000024a Example show processes rp 10 190 1 19 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0 sh login Dell#sho processes cpu rp CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------- ----------------- -------------- ----------CORE 0 0.20 0.00 0.00 CORE 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 Overall 0.10 0.00 0.00 CPU utilization of sysdlp for five seconds:0%/0%; one minute: 0%;five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x000001e6 28780 2878 10000 0.10% 0.05% 0.
PAGE 115
0x4ba74020 0x4ba72020 0x4c679020 Example: show process cpu pe pe-id all 1430 560 7120 143 56 712 10000 10000 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 0 0 sflPEAgt count PETmr Dell#show processes cpu pe 255 all CPU Statistics Of PE-Unit 1 On PEID 255 ======================================= CPU utilization for five seconds: 0%/0%; one minute: 0%; five minutes: 0% PID Runtime(ms) Invok uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Process 0x4ba48020 20 2 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 116
rp Enter the keyword rp to view IPC message statistics on the Route Processor CPU. lp slot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view IPC message statistics. The range of switch slot IDs is from 0 to 11. Enter linecard all to view IPC statistics for all line cards. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe to view IPC message statistics on the port extender (PE) .The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the extended bridge feature is enabled.
PAGE 117
0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 EVENTLOGAGENT: 1 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> 0 0 SYSADMTSK: 1 -> 0 0 ACL: 0 -> 0 0 ACL: 0 -> 0 1 ACL: 0 -> 1 0 RIP: 0 -> 0 0 Example: show processes ipc recv-stats -> -> 1 1 1 TME: 1 TME: 1 TME: 1 0 SYSADMTSK: 0 2251 STATMGR: 0 2251 UNKNOWN: 0 0 TME: 4 0 NMS:20 0 ERRHDLR: 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 18888 18888 26574 21310 21310 38997 24999 29588 35003 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PAGE 118
PMMGR: 5 -> TME: 0 0 0 PMMGR: 5 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 KPLR: 5 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 KPLR: 5 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 KPLR: 5 -> PMMGR: 129024 0 0 0 TIMERMGR: 5 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 DEBUGAGNT: 5 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 F10STKMGR: 5 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 F10STKMGR: 5 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 ENVMGR: 5 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 ACL: 0 -> ACL_AGENT: 184320 8 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 0 -> EVENTLOGAGENT: 129024 1 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> TME: 129024 0 0 0 ACL_AGENT: 2 -> DS
PAGE 119
Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to view SWPQ statistics for the Control Processor CPU. lpslot-id Enter the slot ID of the line card for which you want to view IPC message statistics. The range of switch slot IDs is from 0 to 11. Enter linecard all to view IPC statistics for all line cards. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe to view IPC message statistics on the port extender (PE) .The PE ID range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: The pe option is only visible when the feature extended bridge is enabled.
PAGE 120
• If no response is received within a defined period of time, the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue. After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. A retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
PAGE 121
0 0 IFMGR0 1 1 Example: show processes ipc flow-control pe 50 60 50 IFAGT2 60 Dell#show processes ipc 0 1 0 0 flow-control pe 255 stack-unit 1 Q Statistics on PE unit 1 of PEID 255 TxProcess RxProcess Cur Msg Ack Aval Max Len Sent Rcvd Retra Retra BRAGT1 BRMGR0 0 2 2 25 25 L2AGENT1 MACMGR0 0 0 0 90 90 IFAGT1 IFMGR0 0 5 5 60 60 IFAGT1 IFMGR0 0 74350 60 60 SFL_LP1 SFL_CP0 0 52 52 25 25 High Time Retr Mark Out ies 2 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 50 0 0 4 0 0 74350 show processes memory View
PAGE 122
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E1200i. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 123
0 0 434 ipm 330360 419 sysd 6255242 425 sysdlp 0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 Example: show processes memory cp 5287936 1208320 330360 0 330360 45555712 30474240 6584722 3
PAGE 124
0 0 427 sysmon 0 0 421 sysmon 0 0 398 flashmntr 0 0 327 inetd 0 0 244 sh 0 0 74 sh 0 0 30 mount_mfs 0 0 25 mount_mfs 0 0 22 mount_mfs 0 0 19 mount_mfs 0 0 12 mount_mfs 0 0 2 sh 0 0 1 init 0 0 0 [system] 0 0 506 sh 0 0 ipc 34060 irc 943436 RpmAvailMgr 9376 ev 133188 evterm 26752 evhdlr 2528 dlm 7556256 dla 416 tsm 15136 fmg 766560 fileProc 416 sysAdmTsk 42028 704512 24576 0 0 704512 24576 0 0 843776 36864 0 0 999424 45056 0 0 860160 2301952 0 0 737280 2301952 0 0 11755520 2310144
PAGE 125
init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count tFib4 aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt MacAgent fib6 ofagt tnlagt frrpagt Example: show processes memory rp 2297856 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 233472 88915968 433054 33036 66072 33036 33036 2016720 1490790 202348 1325606 301474 1654292 367522 165180 334400 Dell#show pro
PAGE 126
0 Example show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Example show processes memory pe 4 all 25 mount_mfs 0 56033280 2310144 0 0 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 stack-unit 0 Total: 1073741824, MaxUsed: 343912448, CurrentUsed: 343896064, CurrentFree: 729845760 TaskName TotalAllocated TotalFreed MaxHeld CurrentHolding f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 clish 57344 0 0 4845568 login 163840 0 0 5197824 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 PEMgr 421888 0 0 9150464 f10appioserv 184320 0 0 151552 brm 3051520 0 0 1044070
PAGE 127
tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent nvAgent brAgent frrpagt Example show processes memory pe 4 summary 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 965642 24232 38367072 24254 286530 4566 106006 38052 Dell#show processes memory pe 4 0 0 0 0 0 877892 0 38362224 0 0 0 49692 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 104314 24232 87668 24254 286530 4566 56314 38052 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 87750 24232 4848 24254 286530 4566 56314 38052 summary Memory utilization Total MaxUsed CurrentUsed Curr
PAGE 128
Field Description Last Restart States the reason for the last RPM reboot. Dell Networking OS Version Displays the operating software version. Jumbo Capable Displays a Yes or No indicating if the RPM is capable of sending and receiving Jumbo frames. This field does not indicate if the chassis is in Jumbo mode; for that determination, use the show chassis brief command. Example CP Boot Flash Displays the two possible Boot Flash versions for the control processor.
PAGE 129
-- RPM card 0 -Status : active Next Boot : online Card Type : RPM - Route Processor Module (C9000-RPM-2.56T) Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 1 Up Time : 32 min, 25 sec Last Restart : normal power-cycle Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.0) Jumbo Capable : yes Dell#show rpm all -- Route Processor Modules -Slot Status NxtBoot Version -------------------------------------------------------0 active online 9.9(0.0) 1 booting Related Commands • • show chassis – view information on all elements of the system.
PAGE 130
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 131
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 132
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced save to the file options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Without the page or linecard option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command. The save entry must always be the last option.
PAGE 133
Boot Flash : 3.3.1.15 Boot Selector : 3.3.0.
PAGE 134
96 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) ------------------------------------ show clock -------------------------11:41:10.577 UTC Thu Sep 17 2015 ----------------------------------- show HA information -------------- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 1 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 9.9(0.
PAGE 135
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 136
LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d21h14m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byt
PAGE 137
94 over 255-byte pkts, 17498 over 511-byte pkts, 3772751 over 1023-byte pkts 187593 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3790764 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 138
sysd flashmntr inetd sh sh mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs mount_mfs sh init [system] tme ipc timerMgr sysAdmTsk count sflPEAgt aclAgent ifagt_1 dsagt L2Agent brAgent nvAgent 31113216 24576 49152 2646016 2646016 2658304 2658304 2658304 2658304 2646016 2646016 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 2605478 305820 3272305868 24254 1247242 155698 4566 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2484600 281588 3272301020 0 612868 82820 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 220048 16652 33304 33212 88 137442 156744 104232 24254 650938 72878
PAGE 139
0x4bc3a020 0x4bc26020 0x4bc10020 0x4bb62020 0x4bb61020 0x4bb3e020 0x4bb27020 0x4bb10020 0x4baf8020 0x4bae2020 0x4bac5020 0x4bab1020 0x4ba56020 0x4ba41020 0x4ba2a020 0x4b1ba020 0x4b1a6020 0x4b174020 0x4af77020 0x4abcc020 0x4ab9f020 0x4ab6f020 0x4ab5f020 0x4ab3e020 0x40697020 0x4c729020 0x4c714020 0x4c6fd020 0x4c2df020 0x4bfc8020 0x4bea5020 0x4be88020 0x4be4f020 0x4bc84020 0x4bb85020 0x4bbbb020 0x4bbb8020 0x4c765020 0 10 252250 244950 15800 81220 762400 52680 1900590 0 60440 13660 40 0 0 10 5450 50 0 0 10713
PAGE 140
-- Unit 3 -Unit Type : Standby Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 6 day, 21 hr, 13 min Dell Networking OS Version : 9.9(0.
PAGE 141
Software Protocol Configured -----------------------------------------------------------LLDP ----------------------------------- show lldp neighbors ---------------Loc PortID Rem Host Name Rem Port Id Rem Chassis Id ------------------------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 - TenGigabitEthernet 6/12 34:17:eb:00:20:00 ---------------------------------- show control-bridge status ----------Reason: CNU - CSP Not Up, IPE - IPC Program Error PPE - PEM Program Error, CPE - CHM Program Erro
PAGE 142
Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: Te 3/1 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: Te 3/2 Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_UP: stack-unit3 is up Sep 8 13:07:33: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-2-SYSTEM_READY: System ready Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 0 of unit 3 is inserted Sep 8 13:07:34: %PE-UNKN-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power sup
PAGE 143
show util-threshold cpu Display the utilization thresholds of switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show util—threshold cpu Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50.
PAGE 144
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9 (0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, S25 and S50. Usage Information Use the show util-threshold memory command to display the memory utilization thresholds used to send SNMP traps.
PAGE 145
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.
PAGE 146
System image file is "system://A" System Type: C9010 Control Processor: Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. Route Processor: Intel Rangeley with 2 Gbytes (2127536128 bytes) of memory, core(s) 2. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 Route Processor Module. 3 24-port TE/GE 3 24-port TE/GE 4 6-port TE/FG 2 4-port TE/GE 200 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 12 Forty GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.
PAGE 147
Copyright (c) 1999-2015 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Mon Jun 22 06:00:00 2015 Build Path: /build/build01/SW/SRC Dell Networking OS uptime is 1 hour(s), 29 minute(s) System image file is "system://B" System Type: C1048P Control Processor: Broadcom 56340 (ver A0) with 1 Gbytes (1073741824 bytes) of memory, cores(s) 1. 16G bytes of boot flash memory. 2 48-port GE (VE) 96 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.
PAGE 148
• • • • For Tunnel interface types, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/ port information. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 149
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device.
PAGE 150
Version Description 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF. 7.6.1.0 Added support for the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 151
undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. C9000 Series Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 152
Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 153
Command History Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When the total CPU utilization exceeds the configured threshold for the specified time, a threshold notification is sent as an SNMP trap.
PAGE 154
{{high | low} cpuutilizationthresholdpercentage} Default • • Command Mode CONFIGURATION Enter a percentage value to configure the high or low threshold level for the percentage of memory a switch CPU can use. The percentage of memory utilization ranges from 0 to 100. NOTE: A threshold level of 0 disables Syslog and SNMP traps. High threshold: 92% Low threshold: 82% CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010.
PAGE 155
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 156
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information The write memory command saves the running-configuration to the file labeled startup-configuration. When using a LOCAL CONFIG FILE other than the startup-config not named “startup-configuration,” the running-config is not saved to that file.
PAGE 157
4 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the C9000 switch.
PAGE 158
ftp: Enter the keyword FTP: to retrieve the image from an FTP server: ftp://userid:password @host-ip/filepath. system A: | B: Enter A: or B: to boot one of the flash system partitions. tftp: Enter the keyword TFTP: to retrieve the image from a TFTP server: tftp://host-ip/ filepath. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 159
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added the nfsmount: parameters to support remote NFS file system. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 160
To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • • To copy a file on a TFTP server If you enter scp: in the source position, enter the target URL; If you enter scp: in the target position, first enter the source URL; enter tftp://hostip/filepath To copy a file from enter usbflash://filepath an external USB drive Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command Histo
PAGE 161
When you use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration file, Dell Networking OS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration. When you load the startup configuration or a configuration file from a network server such as TFTP to the running configuration, the configuration is added to the running configuration. This does not replace the existing running configuration.
PAGE 162
Source file name []: Test Destination file name [Test]: Example (PE Console) Related Commands Dell# copy flash://Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash://PE255_Report.txt ! 19705 bytes successfully copied cd– changes the working directory. delete Delete a file from the flash. After deletion, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 163
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information You can also use the delete {flash: file name/path | usbflash file name/path} command from a port extender (PE) console to delete a file from the flash or USB flash.
PAGE 164
Enter one of the following: • • For a directory or file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. For a directory or file on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the directory name or filename and the path. Defaults The default is the current directory. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 165
8 -rwx 19705 Jun 08 2015 23:41:44 +00:00 Diag_Test_Report_SU_1.txt flash: 100450304 bytes total (99524608 bytes free) Related Commands cd – changes the working directory. format flash Erase all existing files and reformat the file system in the internal flash memory or the USB drive. After the file system is formatted, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 166
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Dell#mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest rmdir – removes a directory. mount nfs Mount an NFS file system to a device. C9000 Series Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system.
PAGE 167
Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Dell#pwd flash:/default_diag_report_dir cd – changes the directory. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
PAGE 168
Usage Information To rename a file in the local file system from a PE console, use the rename {flash: directory name/ path | usbflash directory name/path} command . restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults on a switch.
PAGE 169
rmdir Remove a directory from the NFS mounted file system. C9000 Series Syntax rmdir nfsmount://mount-point/usrname Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command.
PAGE 170
show boot system Display information about boot images currently stored on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show boot system all From a PE console, use the following: show boot system {stack-unit unit number | all} Parameters all Display the boot images stored on the system for the Control Processor, Route Processor, and line card CPUs. From a PE console, display boot image information on all the unit. stack-unit unitnumber Display the boot image information for a specified stack-unit.
PAGE 171
Type Boot Type A B ----------------------------------------------------------stack-unit 0 is not present. stack-unit 1 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 2 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 3 FLASH BOOT 1-0(0-3995) 1-0(0-4046)[boot] stack-unit 4 is not present. stack-unit 5 is not present. stack-unit 6 is not present. stack-unit 7 is not present. show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters.
PAGE 172
show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. C9000 Series Syntax show file filesystem From a PE console, use show file filesystem to view the contents of a text file. Parameters filesystem Enter one of the following: • • For internal flash, enter flash: For USB flash, enter usbflash: Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 173
username admin password 7 1d28e9f33f99cf5c ! linecard 0 provision C9000LC2410G ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 ! protocol lldp no shutdown ! ! ! Example (PE Console) Related Commands format flash — Erases all the existing files and reformats the file system in the internal flash memory. show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. Syntax show file-systems From a PE console, use show file-systems to view the file-system information.
PAGE 174
Example Example (PE Console) Dell#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.0 MMC rw flash: 63938560 18092032 dosFs1.
PAGE 175
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.
PAGE 176
RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM Example: PE 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 Dell#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C9000 9.9(0.
PAGE 177
RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM RPM 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 Backup FPGA IAP FPGA 1 CPLD FPGA 2 Backup FPGA IAP 2.0 3.2 3.12 3.6 2.0 2.0 3.2 PE RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime C-Series:C1048P 9.9(0.0) 27132884 Sep 8 2015 06:06:18 PE BOOT IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target Checksum boot flash 3.3.1.
PAGE 178
NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
PAGE 179
managementroute for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration openflow for the current Openflow instances configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration pe for the current Port Extender configuration pim for the current PIM configuration policy-mapinput for the curr
PAGE 180
uplink-stategroup for the uplink state group configuration users for the current users configuration vlt for the current VLT configuration vrf for the current VRF configuration vxlan for the current Vxlan instances configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only.
PAGE 181
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 182
upgrade Upgrade the bootflash, bootselector, or Dell Networking OS (system) image on the switch CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax upgrade {bootflash—image | bootselector-image| system—image} [all | linecard [slot-id |all] [pe pe-id {stack-unit unit-number}] | rpm{0|1} {booted | flash: | ftp: | rpmA:| rpmB:| scp:| tftp: | usbflash:} Parameters bootflash-image Enter the keyword bootflash-image to upgrade the bootflash image on the switch CPUs.
PAGE 183
Version Description 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information A system message displays with status information about the bootflash upgrade.
PAGE 184
upgrade system-image-os6 This command removes Dell Networking OS 9.x.x.x and installs Dell Networking OS 6.x.x.x on a N-series port extender, so that it can be used as a switch. C9010 Syntax upgrade system-image-os6 {pe {pe-id}} {stack-unit {stack-unit-id} {tftp:// | Scp:// | ftp:// | usbflash:// | flash://} Parameters NOTE: This command is a hidden command and would not show up in the Dell Networking OS help file. This command needs to be entered manually.
PAGE 185
Default flash drive Command Modes EXEC mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 186
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking OS supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 187
• • • show dot1x cos-mapping interface show dot1x interface show dot1x profile debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages.
PAGE 188
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 189
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 190
dot1x authentication (Configuration) Enable dot1x globally. Enable dot1x both globally and at the interface level. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x authentication To disable dot1x globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 191
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use this command to enable dot1x on an interface. Use in the Interface Batch Mode to enable dot1x on an interface in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 192
Critical VLAN: Critical VLAN id: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Enable 400 Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable.
PAGE 193
VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure a guest VLAN in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands • • • • dot1x auth-fail-vlan dot1x reauthentication dot1x reauth-max show dot1x interface dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication.
PAGE 194
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x mac-auth-bypass To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, use the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 195
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port.
PAGE 196
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} Parameters force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port.
PAGE 197
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series, S4048–ON, S4048–ON, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010, Z9100–ON, and Z9500. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The dot1x profile command configures a dot1x profile to define a list of trusted supplicant MAC addresses. Maximum number of dot1x profiles is limited to 10. This command launches dot1x profile mode for entering profile related commands such as the mac command.
PAGE 198
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds Defaults 3600 seconds (1 hour) Command Modes INTERFACE (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (one year). The default is 3600 (1 hour).
PAGE 199
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 200
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). For example: Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)#interface tengigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-te-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 Use this command in Interface Batch Mode to configure the server time-out in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 201
Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Authenticated Idle dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x supplicant-timeout command.
PAGE 202
Parameters seconds Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. INTERFACE (BATCH MODE) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 203
Example Dell(conf)#dot1x profile mySupplicants Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#mac 00:50:56:AA:01:10 00:50:56:AA:01:11 Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#show config dot1x profile mySupplicants mac 00:50:56:aa:01:10 mac 00:50:56:aa:01:11 Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)# Dell(conf-dot1x-profile)#exit show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table the RADIUS server provides and applies to authenticated supplicants on an 802.1X-enabled system.
PAGE 204
2 3 4 5 6 7 5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1 Remapped Dot1p 0 7 1 6 2 5 3 4 4 3 5 2 6 1 7 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 205
Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) are displayed for each supplicant, as shown in the following example. Example Dell#show dot1x int tengig 2/32 802.
PAGE 206
Re-Authentication: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: Disable Enable 100 Disable NONE NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 3 30 seconds 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE S
PAGE 207
Example Dell#show dot1x profile 802.1x profile information ----------------------------Dot1x Profile mySupplicants Profile MACs 00:50:56:aa:01:10 00:50:56:aa:01:11 802.
PAGE 208
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported on the Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 209
Parameters remark-number Enter the remark number. The range is from 0 to 65535. NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 210
show config Display the current ACL configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes • • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 211
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 212
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface.
PAGE 213
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
PAGE 214
seq seq seq seq seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.0 /16 order 4 15 deny ip any 191.3.0.0 /16 20 deny ip any 191.4.0.0 /16 25 deny ip any 191.5.0.0 /16 Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections.
PAGE 215
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 216
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.
PAGE 217
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 218
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. Related Commands deny — Assigns a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. ip access-list standard — creates a standard ACL.
PAGE 219
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-list-name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 220
source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname.
PAGE 221
Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. The following conditions apply: • • • • • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group. The order option works across ACL groups that have been applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number.
PAGE 222
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information If you do not attach an ingress or egress access-list to an interface, no information displays and you return to the DELL# prompt.
PAGE 223
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. bytes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DSCP values. The range is from 0 to 63. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 224
Related Commands deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP packets. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP packets. ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. deny icmp To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 225
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 226
ICMP Message ICMP Message Type Name Type Keywords mobile-redirect Mobile host redirect net-redirect Network redirect net-tos-redirect Network redirect for TOS net-tosunreachable Network unreachable for TOS net-unreachable Network unreachable network-unknown Network unknown no-room-foroption Parameter required but no room option-missing Parameter required but not present packet-too-big Fragmentation needed and DF set parameterproblem All parameter problems port-unreachable Port unreachable
PAGE 227
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no deny tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 228
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 229
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 230
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lowerorder numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 231
8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Configure an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
PAGE 232
Usage Information The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed information on the number entries allowed per ACL on the switch, refer to the Content Addressable Memory (CAM) chapter in the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. If you configure an extended IP ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to configure the extended IP access list (IP ACL) in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 233
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 234
permit icmp Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages. C9000 Series Syntax permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [dscp] [count [bytes]] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 235
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Added support for noncontiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch.
PAGE 236
operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • • • • • port port eq = equal to neq = not equal to gt = greater than lt = less than range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 237
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information Use the order option only when you use policy-based QoS on the switch. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter in the C9000 Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
PAGE 238
• • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 239
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. . 6.5.
PAGE 240
resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax resequence prefix-list ipv4 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of the configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 65535. Step-toIncrement Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 241
ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 to filter based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits all IP protocols. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter.
PAGE 242
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 243
ACL VLAN Group Commands Use the commands in this section to configure ACL VLAN groups and CAM optimization for ACLs applied to VLAN groups. acl-vlan-group Create an ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Term heading Description heading Syntax acl-vlan-group group name To remove an ACL VLAN group, use the no acl-vlan-group group name command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum).
PAGE 244
NOTE: CAM optimization for ACL VLAN groups is not enabled by default. You must allocate FP blocks of ACL VLAN CAM to enable ACL CAM optimization. vlanopenflow <0-2> Allocate a number FP blocks of CAM for VLAN Open Flow operations. vlaniscsi <0-2> Allocate a number FP blocks of CAM for VLAN iSCSI counters. vlanaclopt <0-2> Allocate a number of FP blocks of CAM for CAM optimization of ACL VLAN operation.
PAGE 245
ip access-group (ACL VLAN Group) Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip access-group access-list-name out implicit-permit access-list-name Enter the name of the egress IP ACL to be applied to member interfaces of the VLAN group (140 characters maximum). out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 246
Attaching an ACL individually to VLAN interfaces is similar to the behavior of ACL-VLAN mapping storage in CAM prior to the implementation of the ACL VLAN group functionality. show acl-vlan-group Display the configured ACL VLAN groups on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show acl-vlan-group {group-name | detail} Parameters group-name Display the configuration of an ACL VLAN group. detail Display information about all configured ACL VLAN groups in a line-by-line format.
PAGE 247
Egress IP Acl : Group5 Vlan Members : 1,1000 show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of FP blocks of CAM that are allocated for different ACL VLAN services, including ACL VLAN optimization, VLAN iSCSI counters, and Open Flow. C9000 Series Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL.
PAGE 248
Current Settings(in block sizes) VlanOpenFlow : 0 VlanIscsi : 2 VlanHp : 1 VlanFcoe : 1 VlanAclOpt : 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of ACL VLAN groups. C9000 Series Syntax show running config acl-vlan-group group-name Parameters group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display the specified ACL VLAN group (140 characters maximum). EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 249
clear counters mac access-group Clear counters for all or a specific MAC ACL. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear counters mac access-group [mac-list-name] mac-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured MAC access list. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 250
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. You can apply a MAC ACL on a physical, port-channel, or VLAN interface. C9000 Series Syntax mac access-group access-list-name {in [vlan vlan-range] | out} To delete a MAC access-group, use the no mac access-group mac-list-name command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC access list, up to 140 characters. vlan vlan-range (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan and then enter a range of VLANs.
PAGE 251
show mac access-lists Display all of the Layer 2 ACLs configured in the system, whether or not they are applied to an interface, and the count of matches/ mismatches against each ACL entry displayed. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show mac access-lists [acl_name word | interface } {in | out | interface} access-list Displays information on all L2 access-lists configured. acl_name word Enter the acl_name word , up to 140 characters, for specified access-list.
PAGE 252
Dell#show mac access-lists out Standard mac access list m1 seq 5 permit 11:22:33:44:55:66 count (0 packets) Standard mac access list m2 seq 5 deny any order 2 seq 10 permit 00:33:00:11:00:77 33:44:55:66:77:88 count (0 packets) show mac accounting access-list This command displays ACL Mac accounting information. C9000 Series Syntax show mac accounting access-list {acl_name} {interface | cam_count} Parameters access-list Display accounting information of all L2 access-lists configured.
PAGE 253
Standard MAC ACL Commands The following commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a matching MAC address, configure a filter.
PAGE 254
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packet details.
PAGE 255
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 256
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 257
mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 258
Extended MAC ACL Commands The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The C9000 supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 259
interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 260
cpu-qos Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the keyword cpu-qos to configure an extended MAC ACL to be used only to filter protocol traffic for control-plane policing (CoPP). CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 261
permit To pass packets matching the criteria specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | host mac-address | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} [ethertype operator] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes] [threshold-inmsgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 262
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 263
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. mac-sourceaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. mac-destinationaddress Enter the destination MAC address and mask in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-destinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched.
PAGE 264
By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Use the monitor option only when you are using flow-based monitoring. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter of the C9000 Series Configuration Guide. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 265
deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 266
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 267
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Sequence numbers for this filter are automatically assigned starting at sequence number 5. If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. seq — configures a drop or permit filter with a specified sequence number.
PAGE 268
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the bit mask option. Usage Information If you do not use the ge or le options, only packets with an exact match to the prefix are filtered. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to pass packets. show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations.
PAGE 269
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 270
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 271
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number).
PAGE 272
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced. route-map — enables a route map. match as-path To match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path, configure a filter.
PAGE 273
match community To match routes that have a certain COMMUNITY attribute in their BGP path, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax match community community-list-name [exact] To delete a community match filter, use the no match community command. Parameters community-listname Enter the name of a configured community list. exact (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords exact to process only those routes with this community list name. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 274
• • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094 (you can use IDs 1 to 4094). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 275
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 276
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers.
PAGE 277
match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match metric To match on a specified value, configure a filter.
PAGE 278
To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to match routes originating outside the AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to match routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to match routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 279
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 280
match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. route-map Enable a route map statement and configure its action and sequence number. This command also places you in ROUTE-MAP mode.
PAGE 281
Related Commands show config — displays the current configuration. set as-path To modify the AS path for border gateway protocol (BGP) routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set as-path prepend as-number [... as-number] To remove an AS-Path setting, use the no set as-path {prepend as-number | tag} command. Parameters prepend asnumber Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 282
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 283
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error.
PAGE 284
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 285
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 286
set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 287
type-2 Enter the keyword type-2 to assign the OSPF Type 2 metric. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 288
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you configure the set next-hop command, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor nexthop-self command in the ROUTER BGP mode.
PAGE 289
set tag To specify a tag for redistributed routes, configure a filter. C9000 Series Syntax set tag tag-value To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 290
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 291
show route-map Display the current route map configurations. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show route-map [map-name] map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 292
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 293
Example Dell#show ip as-path-access-lists ip as-path access-list 1 permit ^$ permit ^$.*$$ deny .* ip as-path access-list 91 permit ^$ deny .* permit ^$.*$$ Dell# IP Community List Commands Use the following commands to configure IP community lists on the switch. ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. C9000 Series Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command.
PAGE 294
show ip community-lists Display configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. C9000 Series Syntax show ip community-lists [name] Parameters name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the standard or extended IP community list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 295
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking OS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03.
PAGE 296
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS INTERFACE (BFD for VRRP only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced support for enabling BFD on non-default VRFs for OSPFv2.
PAGE 297
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 298
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 299
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 300
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. Syntax ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [prefix-list prefix-list-name] [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 301
ip ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPF neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. Syntax ip ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPF interface implicitly, use the no ip ospf bfd all-neighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 302
ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] To disable all BFD sessions on an OSPFv3 interface implicitly, use the no ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors disable command in interface mode.. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface.
PAGE 303
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 304
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
PAGE 305
Example Version Description 9.11(2.1P1) Introduced the vrf keyword. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Added support for BFD for BGP on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Added support for BFD for BGP on the E-Series ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.
PAGE 306
vrrp bfd Establish a BFD session with VRRP neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ip-address} [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To undo your VRRP BFD configuration, use the no vrrp bfd {all-neighbors | neighbor ipaddress } [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all BFD neighbors on an interface.
PAGE 307
8 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
PAGE 308
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for IPv6 VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes.
PAGE 309
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information At least one of the routes included in the aggregate address must be in the BGP routing table for the configured aggregate to become active.
PAGE 310
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor add-path — specifies that this neighbor/peer group can send/receive multiple path advertisements. bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs.
PAGE 311
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes 8.2.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-as-supportcommand.
PAGE 312
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 313
To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Inroduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 314
bgp bestpath router-id ignore Do not compare router-id information for external paths during best path selection. C9000 Series Syntax bgp bestpath router-id ignore To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath router-id ignore command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 315
Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands bgp cluster-id — assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. C9000 Series Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command.
PAGE 316
To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 317
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added support for the 4-byte format. Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 byte or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them.
PAGE 318
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 319
Related Commands set local-preference — assigns a local preference value for a specific route. bgp dmzlink-bw Enable BGP Link Bandwidth. C9000 Series Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 Series. 9.8(0.
PAGE 320
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments.
PAGE 321
To disable fast external failover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2–byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 322
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart.
PAGE 323
To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 324
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 325
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is common.
PAGE 326
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 327
capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. C9000 Series Syntax capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction — either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 328
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series.
PAGE 329
ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear. peer-group Enter the peer-group to clear all members of the peer-group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 330
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 331
• • • • • • • • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
PAGE 332
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to reset ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 333
peer-group peer- group-name Enter the keywords peer-group then the name of the peer group to debug. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. A.B.C.D Enter the IP address of peer in the A.B.C.D format. X:X:X:X::X Enter the IPv6 IP address of peer in the X:X:X:X::X format. dampening Enter the keyword dampening to view BGP dampening.
PAGE 334
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 335
X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. group-name in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 336
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
PAGE 337
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-groupname] soft-reconfiguration command.
PAGE 338
debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] command.
PAGE 339
default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. C9000 Series Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 340
Related Commands permit bandwidth – specify link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permitting incoming or outgoing traffic.. description Enter a description of the BGP routing protocol C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 341
Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
PAGE 342
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Support from 2 to 64 paths on the S4810. Command syntax changed to max-path (was maximum-paths). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 343
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers. receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported.
PAGE 344
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
PAGE 345
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 346
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If you apply a route map to a BGP peer or neighbor with the neighbor default-originate command configured, the software does not apply the set filters in the route map to that BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group).
PAGE 347
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 348
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
PAGE 349
neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv4-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 350
out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound BGP routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER BGP ROUTER BGP-address-family The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.
PAGE 351
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information This feature advertises to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart.
PAGE 352
neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximumprefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 353
To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} nexthop-self [all] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. all Specifies that the route reflector is the next hop for both iBGP and eBGP-learned routes. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 354
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur.
PAGE 355
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 356
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you create a peer group, it is disabled (Shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as — assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown — disables a peer or peer group. neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one.
PAGE 357
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 358
Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 359
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 360
The first time you enter this command, the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route-reflector cluster. When you remove all clients of a route reflector using the no neighbor route-reflector-client command, the router no longer functions as a route reflector.
PAGE 361
To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 362
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 363
neighbor timers Set keepalive and hold time timers for a BGP neighbor or a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers keepalive holdtime To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
PAGE 364
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable all routers within the peer group. interface Enter the keyword loopback then a number of the Loopback interface. The range is from 0 to 16383. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 365
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In the best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. If you configure the set weight command in a route map applied to this neighbor, the weight set in that command overrides the weight set in the neighbor weight command.
PAGE 366
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS software resolves the network address the network command configures with the routes in the main routing table to ensure that the networks are reachable using non-BGP routes and non-default routes.
PAGE 367
permit bandwidth Specify link bandwidth extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to permit incoming or outgoing traffic. Syntax permit bandwidth To disable this setting, enter the no permit bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to specify extended-community attribute as the matching criteria for permitting traffic. The range is from 0 to 102400. Defaults N/A Command Modes EXTENDED COMMUNITY LIST Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.
PAGE 368
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 369
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
PAGE 370
Usage Information At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured Example Dell(conf)# router bgp 3 Dell(conf-router_bgp)# set extcommunity bandwidth Set extended community bandwidth for handling inbound and outbound policies. Syntax set extcommunity bandwidth To disable extended community bandwidth, enter the no set extcommunity bandwidth command.
PAGE 371
shutdown address-family-ipv4–multicast Disables all the BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Syntax shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast Use the no shutdown address-family-ipv4–unicast command to enable all the configured BGP neighbors corresponding to the multicast IPv4 address families. Command Modes ROUTER BGP CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced on the S-Series, Z-Series, MXL, and IOM.
PAGE 372
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. C9000 Series Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 373
show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 374
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.
PAGE 375
*> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i All the show and debugs commands display the link band width extended-community prefixed with DMZ-Link-bw along with other extended communities. Dell#show ip bgp 3.3.3.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 3.3.3.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 1.1.1.2 (3.3.3.1) Best AS_PATH : Next-Hop : 1.1.1.
PAGE 376
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp cluster-list command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 377
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information either on all routes with community attributes or specific BGP community routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 378
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. The following describes the show ip bgp community command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table.
PAGE 379
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. community-listname Enter the name of a configured IP community list (maximum 140 characters). exact-match Enter the keyword for an exact match of the communities.
PAGE 380
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell#show ip bgp 55.0.0.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 55.0.0.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 172.16.0.2 (172.16.0.2) AS_PATH : 200 Best Next-Hop : 172.16.0.
PAGE 381
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized.
PAGE 382
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 383
1101111028 : AfAggrCtxAddrLen 255 AfNumAggrPfx 0 : AfNumAggrASSet 0 : AfNumSuppmap 0 : AfNumAggrValidPfx 0 : AfMPathRttP 0x41a0d700 MpathCtxAddr 1101111140 : MpathCtxAddrlen 255 : AfEorSet 0x41a19f98 : NumDfrdPfx 0 AfActPeerHd 0x41a1a3a4 : AfExtDist 1101112312 : AfIntDist 200 : AfLocDist 200 AfNumRRc 0 : AfRR 0 : AfNetRttP 0x41a0d300 : AfNetCtxAddr 1101112392 : AfNetCtxAddrlen 255 AfNwCtxAddr 1101112443 : AfNwCtxAddrlen 255 : AfNetBKDrRttP 0x41a0d500 : AfNetBKDRCnt 0 : AfDampHLife 0 AfDampReuse 0 : AfDampSu
PAGE 384
The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output. Example Dell#show run extcommunity-list ! ip extcommunity-list ecl1 permit rt 100:4 permit soo 40:4 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ecl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 385
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
PAGE 386
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 387
Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped. Reuse Displays the hours:minutes:seconds until the flapped route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the flapping route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 388
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 389
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 390
The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates. However, the martian case is an exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers. It also indicates whether or not this information is received by the BGP peer. The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 391
Example Dell#show ip bgp neighbors 172.16.0.2 BGP neighbor is 172.16.0.2, remote AS 200, external link Member of peer-group port0 for session parameters BGP remote router ID 172.16.0.
PAGE 392
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048–ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 393
• • • • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 394
show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 395
show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on unique COMMUNITY numbers in a BGP database that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 396
show ip bgp peer-group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] peergroup [peer-group-name [detail | summary]] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view information on BGP peers in a peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute to view information on BGP peers in a peer group that correspond to either a default or a non-default VRF.
PAGE 397
Line beginning Description with: Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported. Minimum time Displays the time interval between BGP advertisements. For address family Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP neighbor Displays the name of the BGP neighbor.
PAGE 398
• • • • • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 399
show ip bgp summary View the status of all BGP connections. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 and specify multicast option to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
PAGE 400
Field Description BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries. paths Displays the number of paths and the amount of memory used. denied paths Displays the number of denied paths and the amount of memory used. BGP path attribute entries Displays the number of BGP path attributes and the amount of memory used to process them.
PAGE 401
1 BGP AS-PATH entrie(s) using 10 bytes of memory 2 neighbor(s) using 16384 bytes of memory Neighbor AS Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 00:05:34 2 192.168.10.2 100 00:00:00 (shut) Dell# MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/ 10 8 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 402
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 403
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. b Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 404
Usage Information CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes.
PAGE 405
The following describes the show ip bgp damp command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is dampened. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 406
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 407
description To designate a meaningful description to the extended community, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax description {line} To remove the description, use the no description {line} command. Parameters line Enter a description (maximum 80 characters). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 408
Example Dell(conf)#ip extcommunity-list test Dell(conf-ext-community-list)# match extcommunity To match an extended community in the Route Map mode, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax match extcommunity {extended community list name} To change the match, use the no match extcommunity {extended community list name} command. Parameters extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list.
PAGE 409
ASN:NNNN Enter the 2-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN:NNNN (2byte AS number:4-byte community value). IPADDR:NN Enter the IP address specific extended community in the format IPADDR:NN (4-byte IPv4 Unicast Address:2-byte community value). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 410
Related Commands deny regex — denies a community using a regular expression. set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non-trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command.
PAGE 411
set extcommunity soo To set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value).
PAGE 412
Parameters multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information. ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to display the IPv6 unicast route information. name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the extcommunity-list. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 413
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
PAGE 414
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 Dell# show running-config extcommunity-list To display the current configuration of the extended community lists, use this feature.
PAGE 415
IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 border gateway protocol (IPv6 BGP) is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information with extended IP address space within and between Autonomous Systems (AS). Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically send messages to update those routing tables. address-family Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family.
PAGE 416
aggregate-address Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. C9000 Series Syntax aggregate-address ipv6-address prefix-length [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 417
bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. C9000 Series Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, use the no bgp always-compare-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 418
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path.
PAGE 419
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Route reflection to clients is not necessary if all client routers are fully meshed. Related Commands • • bgp cluster-id – assigns an ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client – configures a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector.
PAGE 420
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
PAGE 421
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppresstime are applied. The parameters are position-dependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers.
PAGE 422
Related Commands • • show ip bgp neighbors – views the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. show ip protocols – views information on routing protocols. bgp fast-external-fallover Enable the fast external failover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. C9000 Series Syntax bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 423
bgp graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor, a BGP node, or designate a local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. C9000 Series Syntax bgp graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, use the no bgp graceful-restart command.
PAGE 424
Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. C9000 Series Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 425
The clear ip bgp command is required for this command to take effect and to keep the BGP database consistent. Execute the clear ip bgp command right after executing this command. Related Commands clear ip bgp bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. C9000 Series Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 426
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To avoid the peer from resending messages, use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated. C9000 Series Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command.
PAGE 427
Defaults 40960000 bytes Command Modes • • Command History Related Commands EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced • • show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) Enable capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 428
Parameters ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP. Used without a qualifier, the keyword resets all neighbors belonging to that IP. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear all flap statistics belonging to that AS or a specified address family within that IP. ipv4 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 to select options for that address family. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to select options for that address family.
PAGE 429
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
PAGE 430
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 431
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics – views BGP flap statistics. clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flapstatistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128.
PAGE 432
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filter-list list |regexp regexp] Parameters network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics. filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list A maximum of 16 characters.
PAGE 433
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command.
PAGE 434
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening View information on routes being dampened. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening command. Parameters Command Modes Command History dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
PAGE 435
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] notifications [in | out] command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 436
out Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications updates sent to neighbors. EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes.
PAGE 437
Command Modes Command History Related Commands ROUTER BGP Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced router bgp – Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. C9000 Series Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command.
PAGE 438
Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 439
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Identify a peer group by name.
PAGE 440
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowasin command.
PAGE 441
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 442
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If you do not configure the prefix list, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 443
Usage Information To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection. neighbor fall-over Enable or disable fast fall-over for BGP neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 444
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 445
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self [all] To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} nexthop-self [all] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 446
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 447
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Version Description 9.
PAGE 448
Usage Information If the number parameter is the same as the AS number used in the router bgp command, the remote AS entry in the neighbor is considered an internal BGP peer entry. This command creates a peer and the newly created peer is disabled (shutdown). Related Commands router bgp – Enter ROUTER BGP mode and configure routes in an AS. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates.
PAGE 449
map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If you do not configure the Route map, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 450
neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} send-community To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-groupname} send-community command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 451
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 452
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions.
PAGE 453
neighbor update-source Enable the software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. C9000 Series Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} update-source loopback interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} updatesource loopback interface command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 454
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information In the software’s best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: Reset the neighbor connection (the clear ip bgp * command) to apply the weight to the connection and recompute the best path. neighbor X:X:X::X password Enable TCP MD5 Authentication for an IPv6 BGP peer session.
PAGE 455
If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 456
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
PAGE 457
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enter the redistribute ospf process-id command without any other parameters, the software redistributes all OSPF internal routes, external type 1 routes, and external type 2 routes. router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP.
PAGE 458
Related Commands • • capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. clear ip bgp – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 459
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
PAGE 460
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp paths community Command Modes • • Command History EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.
PAGE 461
show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip bgp regexp regular-expression [character] regular-expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to [character] match: • • • • • • • Command Modes Command History • • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences).
PAGE 462
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 prefix-list — configures an IPv6 prefix-list. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP routing table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [network [network-mask] [longer-prefixes]] Parameters Command Modes Command History network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 463
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] communitynumber Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 464
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). C9000 Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths Command Modes • • Command History EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 7.4.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display BGP internal information for IPv6 Unicast address family.
PAGE 465
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found.
PAGE 466
• • • • Command Modes Command History • • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string.
PAGE 467
Command Modes Command History Related Commands advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent. dampened-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords dampened-routes to view information on dampened routes from the BGP neighbor. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to view neighbor-specific internal information for the IPv6 address family.
PAGE 468
For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::4: Peer-group RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, remote AS 18508 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to vie
PAGE 469
timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter the time interval in seconds between which the software sends keepalive messages. The range is 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtimer Enter the time interval in seconds which the software waits since the last keepalive message before declaring a BGP peer dead.
PAGE 470
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 471
9 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) You can use Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands to configure the amount of memory allocated to CAM memory partitions. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. NOTE: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance.
PAGE 472
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l2acl number Enter the keyword l2acl and then the number of l2acl blocks. The range is from 1 to 8. ipv4acl number Enter the keyword ipv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv4. The range is from 0 to 8. ipv6acl number Enter the keyword ipv6acl and then the number of FP blocks for IPv6. The range is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 473
vrfv4acl number Enter the keyword vrfv4acl and then the number of FP blocks for VRF IPv4 ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number, ipv4qos number l2qos numberl2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks.
PAGE 474
If you enable BMP, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Command Modes default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region.
PAGE 475
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information Enter the CAM profile name and specify the amount of CAM space. The total space allocated must be equal to 13. The range for ipv4acl is from 1 to 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Related Commands show cam-acl-egress-pe cam-acl-pe Allocate content addressable memory (CAM) for the port extender.
PAGE 476
Parameters qos Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Optimize CAM usage for QoS. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 477
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command. Example show cam-usage Display the amount of memory space used and available in each CAM partition (including Layer 2 ACL, Layer 3 ACL, and IPv4Flow). Syntax Parameters Command Modes show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage.
PAGE 478
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 | | | | | --More-Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | IN-L2 FIB IN-L3 ACL IN-L3 ECMP GRP IN-L3 FIB IN-L3-SysFlow IN-L3-TrcList IN-L3-McastFib IN-L3-Qos IN-L3-PBR IN-V6 ACL IN-V6 FIB IN-V6-SysFlow IN-V6-McastFib OUT-L2 ACL OUT-L3 ACL OUT-V6 ACL IN-L2 ACL IN-L2 FIB IN-L3 ACL IN-L3 FIB IN-L3-SysFlow | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 32768 12288 1024 262141 2878 1024 9215 8192 1024 0 0 0 0 1024 1024 0 320 32
PAGE 479
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl-pecommand. This command only displays the details of CAM ACL profiles configured globally on the PE. It does not display CAM ACL profiles for each PE.
PAGE 480
test cam-usage Verify the CAM space that is available for IPv4 and IPv6 CAM profiles, and particularly to verify if enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you use in a policy map. C9000 Series Syntax test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map-name linecard {number portset {port-pipe-number} | all} Parameters input policy-map- Enter the name of the policy map to verify. Maximum is 32 characters.
PAGE 481
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 | | | | | | | | | | | 0 1 2 0 1 2 3 0 1 2 3 | | | | | | | | | | | IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow IPv4Flow | | | | | | | | | | | 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 408 | | | | | | | | | | | 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 | | | | | | | | | | | Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed Allowed (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) (408) Unified Forwarding Table Mo
PAGE 482
hardware forwarding-table mode Select a mode to initialize the maximum scalability size for L2 MAC table or L3 Host table or L3 Route table. Syntax hardware forwarding-table mode {scaled-l3- hosts | scaled-l3-routes} Parameters scaled-l3– hosts Enter the keyword scaled-l3–hosts to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 host entries.. scaled-l3– routes Enter the keyword scaled-l3–routes to select the forwarding table mode for scaling l3 route entries.
PAGE 483
10 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Control plane policing (CoPP) uses access control list (ACL) rules and quality of service (QoS) policies to create filters for a system’s control plane. The CoPP filters prevent traffic that is not identified as legitimate from reaching the control plane, and rate-limit traffic to an acceptable level.
PAGE 484
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To display the per-protocol counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic at the aggregated (switch) or line card and port set level, use the show control-traffic protocol command. clear control-traffic queue Clear per-queue counters of rate-limited control-plane traffic.
PAGE 485
control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. C9000 Series Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 486
Related Commands qos-policy-input cpu-qos — creates a QoS input-policy map for CoPP. policy-map-input cpu-qos — creates an input-policy map for CoPP. service-policy rate-limit-protocols Apply a QoS input policy-map that rate-limits protocol traffic on the control plane. C9000 Series Syntax service-policy rate-limit-protocols policy-name Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 487
linecard slot-id portset port-pipe Enter the slot ID and port pipe to display counters for rate-limited traffic on a specified line card and port set. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11. The port-pipe ID value is 0. pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. portset port-pipe Enter the keyword portset and the port-pipe ID. Port pipe ID value is 0.
PAGE 488
NTP 0 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 v6 MULTICAST CATCH ALL 0 DHCP RELAY/DHCP 0 v6 ICMP NA/v6 ICMP RA 0 v6 ICMP NS/v6 ICMP RS 0 v6 ICMP/ICMP 0 MLD 0 MSDP 0 FTP/TELNET/SSH/ L3 LOCAL TERMINATED 0 L3 UNKNOWN/UNRESOLVED ARP 0 iSCSI 0 FCoE 0 SFLOW 0 VLT CTRL/VLT IPM PDU 0 HYPERPULL 0 OPENFLOW 0 L2 DST HIT/BROADCAST 0 VLT TTL1/TRACEFLOW/TTL0/ STATION MOVE/TTL1/IP OPTION/ L3 MTU FAIL/SOURCE MISS 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Related Command clear control-traffic protoc
PAGE 489
Usage Information In the show output, Rx Bytes displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic received, on which queuebased rate limiting is applied. Tx Counters displays the number of bytes transmitted to a control-plane CPU after queue-based rate limiting is applied. Drop Counters displays the number of bytes of control-plane traffic that have been dropped as a result of queue-based rate limiting.
PAGE 490
Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 Q12 Q13 Q14 Q15 Q16 Q17 Q18 Q19 Q20 1200 800 600 600 3200 2600 2300 1800 1 1 1200 1200 7000 800 5000 3000 1000 1000 1000 1000 6000 3000 3000 4000 100 100 1000 1000 7000 1000 Dell#show cpu-queue rate queue-id 8 Service-Queue Rate (kbps) -----------------------Q8 600 Burst (kb) ---------1000 Dell#show cpu-queue rate range 8 12 Service-Queue Rate (kbps) -----------------------Q8 600 Q9 600 Q10 3200 Q11 2600 Q12 2300 Burst (kb) ---------1000 1000 1000 6000 3000 show ip protocol-queue-
PAGE 491
--------------TCP (BGP) any/179 UDP (DHCP) 67/68 UDP (DHCP-R) 67 TCP (FTP) any ICMP any IGMP any TCP (MSDP) any/639 UDP (NTP) any OSPF any PIM any UDP (RIP) any TCP (SSH) any TCP (TELNET) any VRRP any -------179/any 68/67 67 21 any any 639/any 123 any any 520 22 23 any ------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ----Q13 Q6 Q6 Q3 Q5 Q12 Q12 Q3 Q13 Q12 Q13 Q3 Q3 Q13 -----RP CP CP CP CP RP RP CP RP RP RP CP CP RP ----------2500 1200 1200 400 300 300 100 200 2500 300 200 400 400 400 show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping
PAGE 492
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the CPU queue mapping for MAC protocols. C9000 Series Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 493
Usage Information The show output displays information on CPU traffic flows for all protocols, including the ingress queue at which the traffic is queued and the CPU to which protocol traffic is sent with the applied rate limits (configured or default) in kilobits per second (kbps). The egress port queues on CPUs are abbreviated as: RP (Route Processor), CP (Control Processor), and LC (line card). Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 494
BGP 2500 2000 OSPF 2500 2000 RIP 200 1000 VRRP 400 2000 ICMP 300 2000 IGMP 300 2000 PIM 300 2000 MSDP 100 2000 BFD 7000 3000 802.
PAGE 495
IP OPTION/TTL1 100 500 VLAN L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 Physical L3 MTU FAIL 200 500 SOURCE MISS 200 500 STATION MOVE 200 500 SFLOW_EGRESS 5000 3000 SFLOW_INGRESS 5000 3000 Dell# Q0 Q0 Q0 Q16 Q16 Q20 Q20 500 500 500 500 500 3000 3000 CP 100 CP 200 CP 200 LP 200 LP 200 LP 5000 LP 5000 Dell#show protocol-queue-mapping queue-id 3 Protocol Queue EgPort Rate(kbps) CommitBurst(kb) Peak Burst(kb) ------------------------------------------ -----------NTP Q3 CP 200 2000 2000 FTP Q3 CP 400 3000 3000 TELNET Q
PAGE 496
11 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 497
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 498
clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. C9000 Series Syntax clear pfc counters [port-type slot/port | stack-unit {unit number | all } all stack-ports all}] | interface {statistics}] Parameters port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. stack-unit unit Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack-unit number to be cleared.
PAGE 499
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBx starts exchanging information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.1Qbb, CEE, and CIN versions of PFC TLV are supported.
PAGE 500
• You already enabled link-level flow control. PFC and link-level flow control cannot be enabled at the same time on an interface. In a switch stack, configure all stacked ports with the same PFC configuration. A DCB input policy for PFC applied to an interface may become invalid if you reconfigure the dot1p-queue mapping. This situation occurs when the new dot1p-queue assignment exceeds the maximum number (2) of lossless queues supported globally on the switch.
PAGE 501
pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. C9000 Series Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command. Parameters queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 7 or pfc no-drop queues 0,7. The range is from 0 to 3. queue-range Enter the queue range.
PAGE 502
pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop Configure to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities. Syntax pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop To disable the feature, use the no pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop command. Parameters l2-dlf Enter the keywords l2-dlf to drop flooding traffic on lossless priorities. drop Enter the keyword drop to enable the drop action. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 503
The maximum number of lossless queues supported on the switch is two. A PFC peer must support the configured priority traffic (as DCBX detects) to apply PFC. show dcb Display the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set-number] unit-number Enter the DCB unit number. port-set-number Enter the port-set number.
PAGE 504
Command History Example Related Commands Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9100–ON and S6100–ON. Dell#show hardware pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drops stack-unit 0 port-set 0 --------------------------------------------------Priority DropCount --------------------------------------------------0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 5 0 6 0 7 0 pfc-nodrop-priority l2-dlf drop — configures to drop the unknown unicast packets flooding on lossless priorities.
PAGE 505
Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 506
Example (Summary) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Rx pkts Number of PFC pause frames received.
PAGE 507
FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x0 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x0 Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is disabled Local is enabled Oper status is init PFC DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Symmetric TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 65535 pause quantams Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx S
PAGE 508
Example (Summary) Dell (conf-if-te-0/1)#show int te 0/1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames -------------------------------------------------------------------0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example (port range) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show interfaces tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 pfc statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 Interface Priority Rx XOFF Frames Rx Total Frames Tx Total Frames --------------------------------
PAGE 509
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON . 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 510
Usage Information To associate a priority group with an ETS output policy with scheduling and bandwidth configuration, create a DCB output policy. You can apply a DCB output policy on multiple egress ports. When you apply an ETS output policy on an interface, ETS-configured scheduling and bandwidth allocation take precedence over any configured settings in QoS output policies. The ETS configuration associated with 802.1 priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers.
PAGE 511
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 512
Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Max Supported TC Maximum number of priority groups supported. Group Number of Traffic Classes Number of 802.1p priorities currently configured. Admin mode ETS mode: on or off. When on, the scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface.
PAGE 513
5 6 7 - - Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TL
PAGE 514
Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled T
PAGE 515
Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 0/0 ets detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priori
PAGE 516
-----------------Admin is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) -----------------------------------------------------------------------
PAGE 517
PG-grp Priority# BW-% BW-COMMITTED BW-PEAK TSA % Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) Rate(Mbps) Burst(KB) ------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100 ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down Reason: Port Shutdown State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 518
Usage Information You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbx-tlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (ets-conf). To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-tlv pfc ets-reco. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch.
PAGE 519
NOTE: The dcbx port-role command is not supported on cascade interfaces or extended ports. dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} To remove the DCBX version, use the no dcbx version command. Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • • • • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer.
PAGE 520
mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} • • • • • • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges. fail: enables traces for DCBX failures. mgmt: enables traces for DCBX management frames. resource: enables traces for DCBX system resource frames. sem: enables traces for the DCBX state machine. tlv: enables traces for DCBX TLVs. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 521
iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range. The range is from 1 to FF. Defaults 0x10 Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 522
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information To clear DCBX frame counters, use the clear dcbx counters interface stack-unit/port command. To view the DCBX show output for multiple ports of a specified slot, you can specify any random number of ports separated by commas or a hyphenated range of ports.
PAGE 523
Field Description Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Peer DCBX Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs received from the peer device. Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Peer DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
PAGE 524
Port Role is Manual DCBX Operational Status is Disabled Reason: Port Shutdown Is Configuration Source? FALSE Local DCBX Compatibility mode is AUTO Local DCBX Configured mode is AUTO Peer Operating version is Not Detected Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted: ERPfi Total DCBX Frames transmitted 0 Total DCBX Frames received 0 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 E-ETS Configuration TLV enabled e-ETS Configuration TLV disabled R-ETS Recommendation TLV enabled r-ETS Recommendation TLV disabled P-PF
PAGE 525
To display the PFC and ETS settings in DCB maps, enter the show qos dcb-map command. Use the dcb-map command to create a DCB map to specify PFC and ETS settings and apply it on Ethernet ports. After you apply a DCB map to an interface, the PFC and ETS settings in the map are applied when the Ethernet port is enabled. DCBx is enabled on Ethernet ports by default. The dcb-map command is supported only on physical Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 526
Parameters priority-group group-num bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100. The sum of all allocated bandwidth percentages in priority groups in a DCB map must be 100%. strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strictpriority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available.
PAGE 527
Parameters dcb-map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of the DCB map. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON.. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports.
PAGE 528
Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size 5000 dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. C9000 Series Syntax dcb buffer—threshold profile-name Parameters profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 529
size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 530
size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pause-threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 10 KB. resume-offset Buffer offset limit for resuming in KB threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 1 to 7787. The default is 10 KB.
PAGE 531
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dcb-policy buffer-threshold profile-name buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
PAGE 532
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform.
PAGE 533
Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information When you enter the instance all option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number bufferstats-snapshot unit 0 resource X output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed. When you enter the instance id option, show hardware stack-unit unit-number bufferstats-snapshot unit 0 resource X for specified instance alone is displayed.
PAGE 534
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 5 (interface Fo 0/4) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAS
PAGE 535
--------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Example: Number of instances If only two instances are available when the show command is issued, only two instances are displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 536
MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST MCAST Dell# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7
PAGE 537
7 Dell# 0 0 To determine the specific priority group, unicast or multicast queue that is congested and monitor that queue separately: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio 6 Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------6 0 0 Example: Headroom Cells Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1
PAGE 538
--------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# T
PAGE 539
Parameters KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is currently allocated in the system by default.
PAGE 540
Field Description Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space settings apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resume-threshold- Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
PAGE 541
2 3 4 5 6 7 - Yes 20 Yes 52 25 15 Yes 45 25 No No No Denotes dynamic buffering is enabled in respective queues 9 0 5 - On interface on which PFC is enabled: Show interface tengigabitethernet 1/1/1 pfc buffer-threshold -------------------------------------------------------------------------Queue# Lossless Buffer-size Pause-threshold Resume-offset Shared threshold (KB) (KB) (KB) weight --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 No 1 No 2 Yes 20 9 3 Yes 52 25 15 0 4 Yes 45
PAGE 542
Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process. For example, you can assign a higher priority for time-sensitive applications and a lower priority for other services, such as file transfers.
PAGE 543
12 Debugging and Diagnostics Use the debugging and diagnostics commands described in this chapter to troubleshoot switch operation. This chapter contains the following sections: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Topics: • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands Use the offline diagnostics test suite to isolate faults and debug switch hardware. While tests are running, the system results are saved as a text file in the flash directory: TestReport-N.
PAGE 544
level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics. Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications. In addition, they verify the identification registers of the components on the board. level1 Enter the keyword Level1 to run Level 1 diagnostics. Level 1 diagnostics is a smaller set of diagnostic tests with support for automatic partitioning.
PAGE 545
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. offline system— bring a switch offline to run diagnostic tests.
PAGE 546
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added a warning message to the off-line diagnostic.
PAGE 547
testcase Enter the keyword testcase to display the diag testcases available for CP, PE, or the Linecard. Defaults View a summary of the offline diagnostic test results that ran on all CPUs (Control Processor, Route Processor, line cards, and Port Extenders). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 548
Available free memory: 1,705,611,264 bytes LEVEL 0 DIAGNOSTIC Starting test: bcm56854AccessTest ...... + Access Test for unit 0 : PASSED bcm56854AccessTest .......................................... PASS biosVerGetTest .............................................. PASS boardRevisionTest ........................................... PASS cpldAccessTest .............................................. PASS Starting test: CpuGbeLinkStatusTest ......
PAGE 549
temperature monitor 6: current= 55.8, peak= 57.4 temperature monitor 7: current= 56.3, peak= 58.5 temperature monitor 8: current= 56.3, peak= 58.5 average current temperature is 54.1 maximum peak temperature is 58.5 spiFlashAccessTest .......................................... Starting test: udfLinkStatus ...... ERROR: Unit 0 xe port 25 is DOWN udfLinkStatus ............................................... xeLinkSpeedTest ............................................. Starting test: xeLinkStatusTest ......
PAGE 550
poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rtcBattery: rtcFunctional: rtcPresence: rtcRollover: rtcRW: sevendigitStackLED: sfpPlusEepromAccess: sfpPlusEepromRW: sfpPlusPhyExtLink: sfpPlusPhyExtSpeed: sfpPlusPhyRW: sfpPlusPortLED: sfpPlusPresence: snakeOneGMac: snakeOneGPhy: snakeSfpPlusMac: snakeSfpPlusPhy: snakeStackMac: snakeStackPhy: st
PAGE 551
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Use the show diag information command to view the progress of offline diagnostics in the system.
PAGE 552
stack-unit Member 5: Not present. stack-unit Member 6: Not present. stack-unit Member 7: Not present. ------------------------------------------------------------------- show diag testcase Display the offline diagnostic tests available for the CPUs at each level.
PAGE 553
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the verbose option. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Offline diagnostics tests are grouped into three levels: • • • Example Level 0 — Level 0 diagnostics check for the presence of various components and perform essential path verifications.
PAGE 554
fePortLED: flashAccess: flashRW: gpioAccess: hotswapControllerAccess: i2cScan: i2cTool: InterruptStatus: ixiaSnake: macAccess: oneGAccess: oneGPhyExtLink: oneGPhyExtSpeed: oneGPhyRW: poeControllerPresence: poeControllerRW: poedetails: poeManagerPresence: poeManagerTemp: poeManagerVolt: poepLED: poepLoad: poeUARTStress: powerRailStatus: psuEepromAccess: psuEepromRW: psuEpsLEDStatus: psuEpsPresence: psuEpsStatusMonitor: psuFanAirFlowType: psuFanStatus: psuInputType: psuLEDStatus: psuStatusMonitor: psuTemp: rt
PAGE 555
-----------------------------------------boardRevision: ALL RUN cpldAccess: ALL RUN cpuSnakeStackExt: ALL RUN cpuType: ALL RUN deviceShutPhy: ALL RUN deviceShutPoe: ALL RUN fanControllerSpeedGet: ALL RUN fanStatusLED: ALL RUN fanStatusMonitor: ALL RUN fePortLED: ALL RUN flashAccess: ALL RUN flashRW: ALL RUN gpioAccess: ALL RUN hotswapControllerAccess: ALL RUN i2cScan: ALL RUN i2cTool: ALL RUN InterruptStatus: ALL RUN ixiaSnake: ALL RUN macAccess: ALL RUN oneGAccess: ALL RUN oneGPhyExtLink: ALL RUN oneGPhyEx
PAGE 556
tsensorAccess: usbAccess: usbPowerEnable: usbRW: usbStatus: watchdogTimer: ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN RUN YES YES YES NO YES NO NO NO NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO YES Hardware Commands The hardware commands supported on the switch allow you to display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear control-traffic Clear control-traffic statistics from the CPU.
PAGE 557
unit} | rp {cpu {data-plane | i2c | sata-interface} statistics} | sfm sfm-unitnum {counters}} Parameters cp Enter the keywords cp with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for the Control Processor. The command options are: • • • cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch with a command option to clear the hardware statistics for control-plane and protocol control traffic. The command options are: • linecard slot-id • • counters: Clears traffic counters on line-card ports.
PAGE 558
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 559
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics for a specified hardware component. remote-exec Debug and troubleshoot switch hardware using remote commands. NOTE: Use the remote-exec command only with the guidance of an engineer from Dell Networking Technical Support.
PAGE 560
show hardware Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component.
PAGE 561
• • • • • • • • • • buffer total-buffer: Displays the total number of buffers allocated for a specified line card. buffer unit unit-num port statistics: Displays the number of buffers allocated for a specified NPU. The range of port-pipe unit numbers is 0–3. buffer unit unit-num total-buffer : Displays the number of buffers allocated for a specified NPU. The range of NPU numbers is 0–3.
PAGE 562
rp Enter the keyword rp with a command option to display hardware statistics from the Route Processor. The command options are: • • • • cpu data-plane statistics: Displays data-plane statistics, including the HiGig port statistics with input/output counters to which the stacking module is connected. cpu i2c statistics: Displays active i2c-address statistics. cpu management statistics: Displays management port counters. cpu sata-interface statistics: Displays sata-interface error counterstatistics.
PAGE 563
Version Description added: drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]] and unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 564
tx_cols = 0 tx_single_cols = 0 tx_multi_cols = 0 tx_late_cols = 0 tx_excess_cols = 0 tx_deferred = 0 tx_discarded = 0 Party Bus Receive Counters for port 0: Rx Octets = 219885483 Rx Undersize Packets = 0 Rx Oversize Packets = 0 Rx Pause Packets = 0 Rx 64 Octet Packets = 115814 Rx 65to127octets Packets = 13278 Rx 128to255octets Packets = 523 Rx 256to511octets Packets = 3382 Rx 512to1023octets Packets = 2530 Rx 1024toMaxoctets Packets = 141767 Rx Jabbers = 0 Rx align errors = 0 Rx fcs errors = 0 Rx good octet
PAGE 565
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 24 28 32 36 40 44 Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Internal Example (Linecard Unit Port: Drops) 25 29 33 37 41 45 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hard
PAGE 566
HOL DROPS on COS14 HOL DROPS on COS15 HOL DROPS on COS16 HOL DROPS on COS17 HOL DROPS on COS18 HOL DROPS on COS19 HOL DROPS on COS20 TxPurge CellErr Aged Drops --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops TTL Threshold Drops INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops L2MC Drops PKT Drops of ANY Conditions Hg MacUnderflow TX Err PKT Counter --- Error counters--Internal Mac Transmit Errors Unknown Opcodes Internal Mac Receive Errors Example (Linecard Unit: Port-Stats) Example (L
PAGE 567
0x0400014b 0x0400014c 0x0400014d 0x0400014e 0x0400014f 0x04000150 0x04000151 0x04000106 0x04000108 0x0400010a 0x04000140 0x04000142 0x04000143 0x0400010c 0x04000144 0x04000145 0x04000147 0x04000146 0x04000149 0x04000148 0x04000100 0x04000101 0x04000103 0x04000102 0x04000105 0x04000104 0x04000174 0x77000000 0x77010000 0x16004a00 0x16004b00 0x16004c00 0x16005300 0x0a009900 0x16004900 0x26001500 0x26001600 0x26001000 0x26001100 0x32000900 0x32000800 0x32000700 0x56002000 0x56002001 0x56002002 0x56002003 0x5600
PAGE 568
0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl6 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02001a00 CELL_ASM_0_CONTROL.pgw_cl7 = 0x0000000000000000 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl0 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl1 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl2 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl3 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.pgw_cl4 = 0x00000000000318c6 0x02004500 CELL_ASM_CUT_THRU_THRESHOLD.
PAGE 569
The total no of CSF Devices in the Card is 0 The number of ports in device 0 is - 18 The number of Hg ports in devices 0 is - 12 The CPU Port of the device is 0 The starting unit no the SWF in the device is 0 ****************************************************** bcmLinkMonStatusShow: The Current Link Status Is Front End Link Status 0x00080800 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Front End Port Presence 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 Backplane Link Status
PAGE 570
The tm-tp for Index 9 is The tm-tp for Index 10 is The tm-tp for Index 11 is : : : -1 | -1 -1 | -1 -1 | -1 ************************************************* ModPort Table for Device - 0 For Destination Mod Id 0 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 1 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 2 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 3 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 4 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 5 Destination Port is 50 For Destination Mod Id 6 Destinati
PAGE 571
NpuId/PortId Example (Linecard: Backplane-link Status) Example (Linecard Unit Port: HiGig Port Statistics) Example (Port Extender Statistics) 0/49 1/49 2/49 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 bp-link-state Total valid Links - 39 Valid Link bmp - 0xfc0003f0-000fc000-3f0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Valid Link bmp State - 0xf40003f0-000fc000-3d0000fc-0003f000-00380000 Dell#show hardware linecard 0 hg-stats unit 1 port 50 Higig Port Statistics: HiGigabitEthernet 0/1/50, Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0
PAGE 572
txPkt(COS3 ) txPkt(COS4 ) txPkt(COS5 ) txPkt(COS6 ) txPkt(COS7 ) txPkt(COS8 ) txPkt(COS9 ) txPkt(COS10) txPkt(COS11) txPkt(UNIT0) :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 :0 Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 drops user-port 1 Dell#sho hardware pe 255 stack-unit 3 drops user-port 47 Drops in Interface PeGi 255/3/47: --- Ingress Drops --Ingress Drops : 13049 IBP CBP Full Drops : 0 PortSTPnotFwd Drops : 13049 IPv4 L3 Discards : 0 Policy Discards : 0 Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 1
PAGE 573
• • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port-ID range is 0 –47. NOTE: The peGigE interface option is only available when the extended bridge is enabled.
PAGE 574
Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 4637 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: 8 Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface PeGi 10/1/1 Q
PAGE 575
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 576
MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 185 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000005 MASK=0x0000007f action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 111 slice = 2 idx=4 entries=1}{Packets} Example Dell#show hardware ip in-acl pe 1 stack-unit 0 port-set 0 EID 0x00000fff: gid=0x1, slice=0, slice_idx=0, part =0 prio=0xfff, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, IpType Offset: 325 Width: 4 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x0000000e InPort DATA=0x000000000000000000000000000000
PAGE 577
statistics={stat id 167 slice = 6 idx=0 entries=1}{Packets} show hardware ipv6 Display information about IPv6 ACLs used on a line card and port pipe. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware ipv6 {eg-acl | in-acl} linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe eg-acl | in-acl Enter either the keyword eg-acl or the keyword in-acl to display ingress or egress ACL data. linecardslot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to specify a line card on the switch. The range of slot IDs is from 0 to 2.
PAGE 578
action={act=Drop, param0=0(0), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics=NULL EID 0x0000130d: gid=0xd, slice=0, slice_idx=0x1, part =0 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10202, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, StageEgress slice=1, slice_idx=0x1, part =1 prio=0x130d, flags=0x10204, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=0, IpType Offset: 208 Width: 5 DATA=0x00000004 MASK=0x0000000c L3Routable Offset: 166 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x00000001 OutPort Offset: 195 Width: 7 DATA=0x00000001 MASK=0x0000
PAGE 579
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 580
show hardware system-flow This command displays hardware system-flow information. C9000 Series Syntax show hardware system-flow {cp-switch | linecard slot-id port-set port number | pe pe-id stack-unit unit–number port-set port-pipe-id } counters Parameters cp-switch Enter the keyword cp-switch to display the counters for control traffic on the control plane. linecard slot-id Enter the linecard slot-id parameters to identify the line card on which you want to clear system-flow statistics.
PAGE 581
action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=4(0x4), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 58 slice = 0 idx=15 entries=1}{Packets} ######### FP Entry for IPC traffic destined to stack_unit 5 PE CPU####### EID 0x000003fa: gid=0xd, slice=11, slice_idx=0x6, part =0 prio=0x3fa, flags=0x10602, Installed, Enabled tcam: color_indep=1024, Stage InPorts DATA=0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000c000000000000 MASK=
PAGE 582
HiGig Offset: 320 Width: 1 DATA=0x00000000 MASK=0x00000001 DstIp Offset: 105 Width: 32 DATA=0x7f080171 MASK=0xffffffff OuterVlanId Offset: 8 Width: 12 DATA=0x00000ffc MASK=0x00000fff action={act=CosQNew, param0=8(0x8), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} action={act=RedirectPort, param0=7(0x7), param1=0(0), param2=0(0), param3=0(0)} policer= statistics={stat id 61 slice = 0 idx=18 entries=1}{Packets} tcpdump Enable a TCP dump for CPU-bound traffic on the Control and Router Processors..
PAGE 583
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 584
13 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
PAGE 585
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp client events Activate the debugging and display of log messages on DHCP client interfaces for IP address acquisition, IP address release, and IP address and lease time renewal.
PAGE 586
Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :Transitioned to state START Jan 7 01:38:41: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP DISABLE CMD Received in state BOUND Jan 7 01:38:07: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_EVT: Interface Fo 2/0 :DHCP ENABLE CMD Received in state START Message BOOTREPLY DHCPOFFER DHCPACK DHCPNAK Sent 0 10 16 0 debug ip dhcp client packets Activate the debugging and display of log mess
PAGE 587
RELEASE sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPACK packet in InterfaceFo 2/0 with Lease-IP:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0, Server-Id:100.1.1.2 Jan 7 01:41:39: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: DHCP REQUEST sent in Interface Fo 2/0 Jan 7 01:41:36: %SYSTEM:CP %DHCLIENT-5-DHCLIENT-LOG: DHCLIENT_DBG_PKT: Received DHCPOFFER packet in Interface Fo 2/0 with Lease-Ip:100.1.1.253, Mask:255.255.255.0,Server-Id:100.1.1.
PAGE 588
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax disable DHCP Server is disabled by default. To enable the system to be a DHCP server, use the no disable command.
PAGE 589
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on the address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool.
PAGE 590
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address.
PAGE 591
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced in the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip address dhcp Configure an interface to receive its IP address from the configured DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax ip address dhcp To release the IP address acquired from a DHCP server, enter the no ip address dhcp command. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 592
ip address dhcp relay information-option Include the relay-information option (option 82) in DHCP packets sent by the client. Some DHCP servers can be configured to allocate IP addresses based on option 82. C9000 Series Syntax ip address dhcp relay information-option [remote-id [hostname | mac | remoteid] Parameters remote-id Set the hostname as the remote ID in Option 82. hostname remote-id remote- Enter the name to be used as the remote ID in Option 82; maximum: 64 characters.
PAGE 593
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information Use this command to include the vendor-class identifier (option 60) in DHCP packets sent by the client. This option is used by DHCP clients to identify the vendor type and configuration of a DHCP client. The vendor-class identifier includes hardware-related information that identifies the switch and includes a user-configurable text string .
PAGE 594
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 595
lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 596
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. C9000 Series Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • • • • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node.
PAGE 597
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 598
Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 599
Dell# Dell# show ip dhcp configuration Pool Name Pool Type Domain Name Lease Time DNS Servers Default Routers Network : : : : : : : pool p1 p1 Dynamic dell.com 2Days 0Hrs 0Mins 10.11.0.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 600
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server statistics Display statistical information about a DHCP server. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp server statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example 600 Version Description 9.
PAGE 601
Configure Secure DHCP and DHCP Relay DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks, including using the switch as a DHCP relay agent. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 602
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 603
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 604
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 605
Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 606
Defaults Untrusted Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. INTERFACE INTERFACE PORT EXTENDER (conf-if-pegi-pepe-id /stack-unitunit number /port-id) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 607
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
PAGE 608
1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. show ip dhcp binding Display the DHCP binding table. C9000 Series Syntax show ip dhcp binding Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 609
• • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. Range is from 1 to 4096. For a port extender (PE) Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigabitEthernet then the pe-id, stack-unit unit number, and port-id. The pe-id range is 0–255; the stack unit number range is 0–7; and the port—ID range is 0 –47. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 610
14 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. C9000 Series Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundle-monitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command. To disable link bundle monitoring, use the ecmp-group no link-bundle-monitor command.
PAGE 611
hash-algorithm ecmp Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP.
PAGE 612
xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | • xor16} • • • • • • seed seed-value crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 crc32LSB: Use CRC32_LOWER — LSB 16 bits of computed CRC32 xor1: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR1 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor1 xor2: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR2 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor2 xor4: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR4 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor4 xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower
PAGE 613
• hash-algorithm linecard 2 ip-sa-mask 00 ip-da-mask aa The different hash algorithms are based on the number of Port Channel members and packet values. The default hash algorithm (number 0) yields the most balanced results in various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide a satisfactory distribution of traffic, use the hash-algorithm command to designate another algorithm.
PAGE 614
hash-algorithm hg-seed Select the seed value used in HiGig hashing. C9000 Series Syntax [no] hash-algorithm hg-seed number [linecard slot-id port-set port-pipe] Parameters hg-seed number Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. linecard slot-id (Optional) Enter the line-card slot ID and port-pipe number for the set of ports for which port-set port-pipe you configure HiGig hashing. The range of slot IDs is 0 to 11.
PAGE 615
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order. However, the hash algorithm uses as a seed the lower 12 bits of the chassis MAC, which yields a different hash result for every chassis. This behavior means that for a given flow, even though the prefixes are sorted, two unrelated chassis select different hops.
PAGE 616
ip ecmp weighted Enables weighted ECMP calculations. C9000 Series Syntax ip ecmp weighted To disable weighted ECMP calculations, enter the no ip ecmp weighted command. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly.
PAGE 617
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link or LAG bundle. C9000 Series Syntax link-bundle-monitor enable To exit from ECMP group mode or Port- Channel mode, use the exit command. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 618
Related Commands show running-config ecmp-group — displays interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution. show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface.
PAGE 619
15 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the C9000 platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 620
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 621
tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging. rx Enter the keyword rx for packet receive-specific debugging. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.x.x.x Introduced on the C9000 Series. 9.2(0.2) Added the tx parameter.
PAGE 622
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packet-type and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. C9000 Series Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 623
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fip-snooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 624
fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links. C9000 Series Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcf To disable the bridge-to-FCF link on a port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcf command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 625
show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. C9000 Series Syntax show fip-snooping config Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.
PAGE 626
Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping enode command shown in the following example. Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
PAGE 627
Example Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No.
PAGE 628
aa:bb:ce:00:00:00 Te 2/0 aa:bb:cf:00:00:00 Te 10/1 2 0e:fc:00:01:00:03 01:00:03 31:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 21:00:0e:fc:00:00:00:02 Dell# show fip-snooping sessions Enode MAC Enode Intf FCF MAC FCF Intf VLAN FCoE MAC FC-ID Port WWPN Port WWNN ---------------------------------------------00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 Te 0/28 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/47 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:07 b5:00:07 10:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 20:00:00:00:c9:f1:e1:37 00:c0:dd:12:c0:05 Te 1/26 54:7f:ee:34:77:4e Te 1/47 111 0e:fc:00:b5:00:75 b5:00:75 21:00:00:c0:dd
PAGE 629
Field Description Number of FDISC Number of FIP-snoop FDISC request frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Number of FIP-snoop FLOGO frames received on the interface Number of ENode Keep Alives Number of FIP-snoop ENode keep-alive frames received on the interface.
PAGE 630
Number of FLOGO Rejects :0 Number of CVL :0 Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Dell(conf)# Dell# show fip-snooping statistics int tengigabitethernet 0/11 Number of Vlan Requests :1 Number of Vlan Notifications :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :1 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :1 Number of FDISC :16 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136
PAGE 631
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 632
16 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the commands described in this chapter. Topics: • • • • fips mode enable show fips status show ip ssh ssh fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. C9000 Series Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 633
Command Modes Example Command History EXEC Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode: Enabled Dell# This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 634
RSA Vty 0 Authentication : disabled. Encryption HMAC aes128-ctr hmac-md5 Remote IP 10.16.150.185 With FIPS Mode enabled: Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : aes256-ctr,aes256-cbc,aes192-ctr,aes192cbc,aes128-ctr,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc. SSH server macs : hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled.
PAGE 635
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.): Without the FIPS mode enabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 : Force ssh to use the hmac-sha2-256 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 636
-v SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher aes128-cbc Force ssh to use aes128-cbc encryption cipher aes192-cbc Force ssh to use aes192-cbc encryption cipher aes256-cbc Force ssh to use aes256-cbc encryption cipher aes128-ctr Force ssh to use aes128-ctr encryption cipher aes192-ctr Force ssh to use aes192-ctr encryption cipher aes256-ctr Force ssh to use aes256-ctr encryption cipher Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 637
17 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. Topics: • • • • encapsulation dot1q lacp fast-switchover load-balance flexhash load-balance ingress-port enable encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command.
PAGE 638
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Usage Information You can configure the optimal switchover functionality for LACP even if you do not enable the fast boot mode on the system. You must configure the long timeout mechanism for the LACP session to enable the fast boot capability to operate properly. This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only.
PAGE 639
Usage Information With the introduction of various overlay technologies such as network virtualization using generic routing encapsulation (NVGRE) segments and Routable Remote Direct Memory Access (RRDMA) over Converged Ethernet (RRoCE), information related to a traffic flow is contained in the L4 header. The fields in the L2 and L3 headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows. Therefore, the fields in the L4 header are processed when hashing is performed for packets over LAG and ECMP links.
PAGE 640
18 Force10 OS Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 OS resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
PAGE 641
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. The system requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
PAGE 642
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Because the resilient ring protocol can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, restrict debug information. description Enter an identifying description of the ring.
PAGE 643
To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 644
control-vlan vlanid Enter the keyword control-vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.
PAGE 645
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. C9000 Series Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode. transit Enter the keywordtransit to set the Ring node to Transit mode.
PAGE 646
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 647
Example (Summary) Dell# show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ---------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 Dell# Example (1) Example (2 Summary) Dell# show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Mast
PAGE 648
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The hello interval command is the interval at which ring frames are generated from the primary interface of the master node.
PAGE 649
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking OS supports basic GVRP commands on the switch. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes. At the same time, based on received declarations or withdrawals, GARP handles attributes of other participants.
PAGE 650
• • • show garp timers show gvrp show gvrp statistics clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 651
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 652
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. C9000 Series Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 653
gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. C9000 Series Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 654
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed.
PAGE 655
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 656
Example Related Commands Dell# show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show gvrp [brief | interface] Parameters brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration.
PAGE 657
Te 1/2 Te 1/3 Te 1/4 Te 1/5 Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 R3# show gvrp brief Related Commands Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled No No No No No No No show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 658
• Example An entry for a new GVRP VLAN could not be created in the GVRP database.
PAGE 659
20 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol. You must specifically enable some protocols for HA.
PAGE 660
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Usage Information If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, Dell Networking OS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes.
PAGE 661
Example: PE Dell(conf)#redundancy disable-auto-reboot pe 1 stack-unit redundancy force-failover Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit. You can also use this command to upgrade the software on one unit from the other when the other has been loaded with the upgraded software. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters redundancy force-failover { rpm | pe pe-id } rpm Enter the keyword rpm to force the standby RPM to become the primary RPM.
PAGE 662
rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
PAGE 663
redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data between the RPMs and PEs at any time. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters redundancy synchronize [full] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 664
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 665
Field Description This field only appears when you enter the command from the Primary RPM. Example Dell# show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Active RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM State: Standby RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
PAGE 666
-----------------------------------------------Failover Count: 0 Last failover timestamp: None Last failover Reason: None Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------stack-unit Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 Running Config: succeeded Jun 26 2015 16:39:41 666 High Availability (HA)
PAGE 667
21 ICMP Message Types This section lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. Table 3. ICMP messages and their definitions Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 3 Error echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
PAGE 668
Symbol Type Code 12 668 Description Query Error parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
PAGE 669
22 Interfaces The Dell Networking OS supports the interface configuration commands described in this chapter.
PAGE 670
• For a port extender Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword peGigE then the pe-id / stack-unit / port-id information. The pe-id range is from 0 to 255; the stackunit unit-number range is from 0 to 7; and the port-id range is from 1 to 48. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255.
PAGE 671
Example Dell#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] yes Clear counters for a range of ports Dell#clear counters fortyGigE 0/0-12 Clear counters on Fo 0/0-12 Clear counters on Fo 0/0-12 [confirm] yes Clear counters for any random port number Dell#clear counters fortyGigE 0/0,28 Clear counters on Fo 0/0,28 Clear counters on Fo 0/0,28 [confirm] yes Example (learning-limit) Clear learning-limit counters for a single port Dell#clear counters tengigabitethernet 0/8 learning-limit Clear "show
PAGE 672
• • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 673
Command History Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the N20xx and N30xx series port extenders. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the S3100 series. Usage Information By default, a combo port is in Hybrid mode. Use the combo-port-type command to provision the combo port as either copper or fiber. Use the no combo-port-type command to change the combo port to Hybrid mode. The negotiation auto command is not available on the combo ports in the hybrid mode.
PAGE 674
suppressthreshold Enter a number as the suppress threshold, the penalty value above which the interface state is changed to “error disabled”. The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2500. max-suppresstime Enter the maximum number for which a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 86400. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 675
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 676
The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, FNXML, MXL, S4810, S4820T, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500. Usage Information Use the default interface command to set a 10-Gigabit Ethernet or 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface to its factory-default state. By default, a physical interface is disabled (shutdown) with no assigned IP address or switchport (no ip address).
PAGE 677
tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. pause-threshold Enter the keyword pause-threshold to configure the buffer threshold (in Kilobytes) at which the interface starts transmitting pause frames for link-level flow control. Valid values are 1 to 12480KB. The default is 60KB.
PAGE 678
Can’t configure flowcontrol when half duplex is configure, config ignored Half duplex cannot be configured when the flow control configuration is on (default is rx on tx on). The following error is returned: • Can’t configure half duplex when flowcontrol is on, config ignored NOTE: The flow control must be off (rx off tx off) before configuring the half duplex. NOTE: If you use the disable rx flow control command, Dell Networking recommends rebooting the system.
PAGE 679
group interface (Optional) Enter the keyword group to configure an interface group. You can create a interface group by adding a comma or hyphen separate list of the following interface types: • • • • • range fortyGigE for a 40–Gigabit Ethernet interface. gigabitethernet for a GigabitEthernet interface. peGigE for a PE Gigabit Ethernet interface. TengigabitEthernet for a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface. vlan for a VLAN interface. (Optional) Enter the keyword range to configure an interface range.
PAGE 680
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:44:11 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 5150004 packets, 4996095648 bytes 164432 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 4985572 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 5150004 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 11165065 packets, 714564160 bytes, 0 underruns 11165065 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-b
PAGE 681
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). C9000 Series Syntax Parameters interface ManagementEthernet slot/port slot/port Enter the keyword ManagementEthernet, then the slot number (0 or 1) and port number zero (0). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 682
interface null Configure a Null interface on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax interface null number Parameters number Enter zero (0) as the Null interface number. Defaults Not configured; number = 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 683
Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash. For example, interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1 - 5 is valid; interface range tengigabitethernet 0/1-5 is NOT valid. • • • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096.
PAGE 684
Example (Bulk) Dell(conf)# interface range te 10/0, fo 0/0, te 2/0 % Warning: Non-existing ports (not configured) are ignored by interface-range Example (Multiple Ports) Dell(conf)# interface range te 2/0 - 23, te 2/1 - 10 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/0-23# Example (Overlapping Ports) Dell(conf)# interface range te 2/1 - 11, te 2/1 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/1-23# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface portchannel commands can be used in the
PAGE 685
interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, pe-id/ stack-unit/port-id, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration.
PAGE 686
Example (Single Range) This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show running-config command to display the macro definition.
PAGE 687
interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters interface vlan vlan-id vlan-id Enter a number as the VLAN Identifier. The range is 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
PAGE 688
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 689
To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • linecard slot-id For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0). For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the slot/port. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 690
Example Key Description l Change the view to the next interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the next line card in the chassis. a Change the view to the previous interface on the line card, or if in line card mode, the previous line card in the chassis. T Increase the screen refresh rate. t Decrease the screen refresh rate. q Return to the CLI prompt. Dell# monitor interface fortyGigE 2 Dell Networking operating system uptime is 3 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 691
sec b - Display bytes r - Display pkts/bytes per l - Page up T - Increase refresh interval interval q - Quit a - Page down t - Decrease refresh Dell# monitor interface Dell Networking operating system uptime is 9 minute(s) Monitor time: 00:00:00 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 692
Output packets: 1 0 pps 64B packets: 0 0 pps Over 64B packets: 0 0 pps Over 127B packets: 0 0 pps Over 255B packets: 0 0 pps Over 511B packets: 0 0 pps Over 1023B packets: 0 0 pps 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Error statistics: 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-5-PEM_INSERTED: Power entry module 3 of unit 0 is inserted Input underruns: 0 0 pps 0 Input giants: 0 0 pps 0 00:04:36: %RPM0-P:CP %CHMGR-0-PS_UP: Power supply 3 in unit 0 is up Input throttles: 0 0 pps 0 Input CRC: 0 0 pps 0 Input IP checksum: 0 0 p
PAGE 693
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the packet includes a Layer 2 header, the difference between the link MTU and IP MTU (ip mtu command) must be enough bytes to include the Layer 2 header.
PAGE 694
Defaults non-hybrid Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 695
Dell(conf-if-te-2/0)# no portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Related Commands • • • show interfaces switchport — displays the configuration of switchport (Layer 2) interfaces on the switch. switchport — places the interface in a Layer 2 mode. vlan-stack trunk — specifies an interface as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface.
PAGE 696
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here round to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
PAGE 697
Example Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf)#int peg 255/1/0 Dell(conf-if-pegi-255/1/0)#sho con ! interface peGigE 255/1/0 dampening 20 200 800 80 no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show conf ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 no ip address switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range).
PAGE 698
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-te-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical or virtual interface, or the interfaces of the same type on a line card. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces [interface] [linecard slot-id] From a PE console, use show interfaces to view the information on a specific physical or virtual interface.
PAGE 699
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.2 Included SFP and SFP+ optics power detail in the E-Series and C-Series output. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Output expanded to include SFP+ media on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
PAGE 700
Line Description • • • Number of packets with VLAN tagged headers Packet size and the number of those packets inbound to the interface Number of Multicast and Broadcast packets: • • Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets • Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: • • runts = number of packets that are less than 64B • giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size • throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames Number of CRC, overrun, and dis
PAGE 701
0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 00:07:34 Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
PAGE 702
Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Current address is 74:86:7a:ff:6f:18 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength is 0.
PAGE 703
0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 1320.00 Mbits/sec, 206410 packets/sec, 13.53% of line-rate Output 1237.00 Mbits/sec, 193181 packets/sec, 12.
PAGE 704
0 64-byte pkts, 63901828 over 64-byte pkts, 151474752 over 127-byte pkts 303141318 over 255-byte pkts, 603711156 over 511-byte pkts, 593334912 over 1023-byte pkts 20742 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 1715543204 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1605928396 packets, 1286578165117 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 58435170 over 64-byte pkts, 141674160 over 127-byte pkts 283509010 over 255-byte pkts, 565163364 over 511-byte pkts, 557146692 over 1023-byte pkts 2
PAGE 705
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 02:33:46 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 1800663963 packets, 1439907147651 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 67073349 over 64-byte pkts, 158991672 over 127-byte pkts 318176170 over 255-byte pkts, 633651831 over 511-byte pkts, 622770941 over 1023-byte pkts 21764 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 1800642183 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 1685574635 packets, 1350380268687 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 61338933 over
PAGE 706
Example Dell# show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 (ManagementEthe ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up rnet Interface with two IPv6 Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 addresses) Current address is 00:01:e8:a0:bf:f3 Pluggable media not present Interface index is 302006472 Internet address is 10.16.130.
PAGE 707
Example (PE Console) Dell#show interfaces TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 is up, line protocol is not present Hardware is DellEth, address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Current address is f8:b1:56:62:61:0a Interface index is 1054730 Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0
PAGE 708
Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :f8b15662610a MTU 16364 bytes, IP MTU 16346 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 6d20h19m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 4062996 packets, 799504603 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 193370 over 64-byte pkts, 3869429 over 127-byte pkts 2 over 255-byte pkts, 20 over 511-byte pkts, 175 over 1023-byte pkts 193229 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 3869767 Unicasts 0 runts
PAGE 709
Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collision
PAGE 710
• • show ip interface – displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command. show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces configured Command Modes • • Command History EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 711
Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Time since last interface status change: 04:15:18 TenGigabitEthernet 6/1 is up, line protocol is down Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Current address is 34:17:eb:00:20:94 Pluggable media present, SFP+ type is 10GBASE-SR Medium is MultiRate, Wavelength is 850nm SFP+ receive power reading is -1.
PAGE 712
Time since last interface status change: 00:55:34 peGigE 255/1/2 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is DellEth, address is 34:17:eb:00:bb:8b Current address is 34:17:eb:00:bb:8b Pluggable media not present Interface index is 804324359 Dampening suppression is ON for this interface Internet address is not set Mode of IPv4 Address Assignment : NONE DHCP Client-ID :3417eb00bb8b MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex Auto-mdix enabled, ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last
PAGE 713
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed interface dampening data. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 714
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 714 Interfaces 255/1/24 255/1/25 255/1/26 255/1/27 255/1/28 255/1/29 255/1/30 255/1/31 255/1/32 255/1/33 255/
PAGE 715
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Example show interfaces dampening detail Related Commands 255/3/8 255/3/9 255/3/10 255/3/11 255/3/12 255/3/13 255/3/14 255/3/15 255/3/16 255/3/17 255/3/18 255/3/19 255/3/20 255/3/21 255/3/22 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3
PAGE 716
tengigabitetherne t Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 717
• 4 - 140 meters Link Status: Up or Down Speed: • • • • Example Example (port range) Auto 1000MB 100MB 10MB Dell#show int tengigabitethernet 1/0 phy Mode Control: SpeedSelection: 10b AutoNeg: ON Loopback: False PowerDown: False Isolate: False DuplexMode: Full Mode Status: AutoNegComplete: False RemoteFault: False LinkStatus: False JabberDetect: False AutoNegotation Advertise: 100MegFullDplx: True 100MegHalfDplx: True 10MegFullDplx: False 10MegHalfDplx: True Asym Pause: False Sym Pause: False AutoNegoti
PAGE 718
100MegFullDplx 100MegHalfDplx 10MegFullDplx 10MegHalfDplx Asym Pause Sym Pause : : : : : : False False False False False False AutoNegotiation Expansion ParallelDetectionFault : False 1000Base-T Control MasterSlave_Mode 1000MegFullDplx 1000MegHalfDplx : Auto : True : False 1000Base-T Status Master/Slave Fault Master/Slave Local RX OK Remote RX OK Link Partner 1G FD Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt : : : : : : : PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : Enabled No Slave False False False False 0 I
PAGE 719
Link Partner 1G HD Idle Err Cnt PHY Extended Control MDI Crossover_mode : False : 0 : Enabled Example Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface.
PAGE 720
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the show output for multiple ports of a specified slot at a time, you can specify any random port number or a range of ports, or a combination of both. To specify a port range, you can enter a hyphenated range of one or more port range values separated with commas; for example, show interfaces status FortyGigE 1/0-4,7,9-11.
PAGE 721
Te 6/15 Te 6/16 Te 6/17 Te 6/18 Te 6/19 Te 6/20 Te 6/21 Te 6/22 Te 6/23 Fo 9/0 Fo 9/4 Fo 9/8 Fo 9/12 Fo 9/16 Fo 9/20 Te 10/0 Te 10/1 Te 10/2 Te 10/3 Te 11/0 Te 11/1 Te 11/2 Te 11/3 PeGi 255/1/1 PeGi 255/1/2 PeGi 255/1/3 PeGi 255/1/4 PeGi 255/1/5 PeGi 255/1/6 PeGi 255/1/7 PeGi 255/1/8 PeGi 255/1/9 PeGi 255/1/10 PeGi 255/1/11 PeGi 255/1/12 PeGi 255/1/13 PeGi 255/1/14 PeGi 255/1/15 PeGi 255/1/16 PeGi 255/1/17 PeGi 255/1/18 PeGi 255/1/19 PeGi 255/1/20 PeGi 255/1/21 PeGi 255/1/22 PeGi 255/1/23 PeGi 255/1/24 PeGi
PAGE 722
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi 722 Interfaces 255/2/2 255/2/3 255/2/4 255/2/5 255/2/6 255/2/7 255/2/8 255/2/9 255/2/10 255/2/11 255/2/12 255/2/13 255/2/14 255/2/15 255/2/16 255/2/1
PAGE 723
PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi PeGi Related Commands 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Up Down Up Down Down Up Up Up Down Up Up 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 Auto 1000 Auto Auto 1000 100
PAGE 724
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 725
802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/1/47 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/38 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/2/39 (Port-channel 111) 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Name: peGigE 255/3/1 802.
PAGE 726
Q T Vlans 222 Name: Port-channel 111 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Q Vlans T 111 Example (port range) Dell#show interfaces switchport tengigabitethernet 10/0-1 Codes: tagged U x G i - Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Trunk Internal untagged, I-Internal tagged, v-VLT untagged, V-VLT Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/0 802.1QTagged: False Vlan membership: Q Vlans U 1 Name: TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 802.
PAGE 727
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 728
Line Description TX Power High Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Warning threshold RX Power High Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Warning threshold Temp Low Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Warning threshold Voltage Low Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Warning threshold Bias Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 729
Line Description Voltage Low Alarm This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above. Flag Tx Bias Low Alarm This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Flag Tx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power Low Alarm Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Rx power value displayed above.
PAGE 730
SFP 0 Vendor SN= P5N1ACE SFP 0 Datecode SFP 0 CheckCodeExt = 040528 = 0x5b SFP 1 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP 1 Rx Power measurement type = Average =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Alarm threshold = 95.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.
PAGE 731
SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ SFP+ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Length(OM1) 1m = 0x03 Length(Copper) 1m = 0x00 Vendor Rev = A Laser Wavelength = 850 nm CheckCodeBase = 0x9e Serial Extended ID fields Options = 0x00 0x1a BR max = 0 BR min = 0 Vendor SN = AQM1AHB Datecode = 131122 CheckCodeExt = 0xda SFP+ 0 Diagnostic Information =================================== SFP+ 0 Rx Power measurement type =================================== SFP+ 0 Temp High Alarm threshold SFP+ 0 Voltage High Al
PAGE 732
SFP+ 0 Rx Power Low Warning Flag = False Interface Name :TenGigabitEthernet 10/1 SFP is present SFP+ 1 Serial Base ID fields SFP+ 1 Id = 0x03 SFP+ 1 Ext Id = 0x04 SFP+ 1 Connector = 0x07 SFP+ 1 Transceiver Code = 0x10 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 0x00 SFP+ 1 Encoding = 0x06 SFP+ 1 BR Nominal = 0x67 SFP+ 1 Length(SFM) Km = 0x00 SFP+ 1 Length(OM3) 2m = 0x00 SFP+ 1 Length(OM2) 1m = 0x08 SFP+ 1 Length(OM1) 1m = 0x03 SFP+ 1 Length(Copper) 1m = 0x00 SFP+ 1 Vendor Rev = 1 SFP+ 1 Laser Wavelength = 850 nm SFP+ 1
PAGE 733
SFP+ 1 Temperature Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Bias Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Power Low Alarm Flag SFP+ 1 Rx Power Low Alarm Flag =================================== SFP+ 1 Temperature High Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage High Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Bias High Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Power High Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Rx Power High Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Temperature Low Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Voltage Low Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Bias Low Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Tx Power Low Warning Flag SFP+ 1 Rx Power
PAGE 734
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. C9000 Series Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 735
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ecmp-group — configures a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution. shutdown Disable an interface. C9000 Series Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled.
PAGE 736
speed (for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000/10000 interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000/10000) or to auto or the link may not come up. Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | 10000} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. NOTE: This interface speed is not supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card.
PAGE 737
When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed. When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000/10000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation either enabled or disabled. For speed settings of 1000 or auto, the software sets the link to auto-negotiation and you cannot change that setting. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 738
switchport Place an interface in Layer 2 mode. C9000 Series Syntax switchport [backup interface {tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number}] To remove an interface from Layer 2 mode and place it in Layer 3 mode, enter the no switchport command. If a switchport backup interface is configured, first remove the backup configuration.
PAGE 739
Related Commands interface port-channel — creates a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport — displays information about switchport interfaces. wavelength Set the wavelength for tunable 10–Gigabit SFP+ optics. Syntax wavelength To retain the existing wavelength, use the no wavelength command. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 740
• • • • all For Syslog, enter the keyword syslog. For TACACS, enter the keyword tacacs. For Telnet, enter the keyword telnet. For TFTP, enter the keyword tftp. Configure all applications. Defaults None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 741
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS.
PAGE 742
Example Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell# show management application pkt-cntr dns : 2 ftp : 0 ntp : 0 radius : 0 sflow-collector : 0 snmp : 0 ssh : 0 syslog : 0 tacacs : 0 telnet : 0 tftp : 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure.
PAGE 743
Port Channel can be configured with port extender (PE) interface when feature extended bridge is enabled. NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about Dell Networking OS link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, see the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter. For more information about configuring and using Port Channels, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 744
• • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. The Port Channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. For example, if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the Port Channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU.
PAGE 745
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing sixteen physical interfaces on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel-number command. Parameters channel-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 746
NOTE: In a Jumbo-enabled system, all members of a Port Channel must be configured with the same link MTU values and the same IP MTU values. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)# int port-channel 2 Dell(conf-if-po-2)# channel-member — adds a physical interface to the LAG. interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel.
PAGE 747
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. C9000 Series Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 748
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show config ! interface Port-channel 1 no ip address shutdown Dell(conf-if-po-1)# show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. C9000 Series Syntax show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 749
Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the Example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is... Displays the interface’s hardware information and its assigned MAC address. Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554...
PAGE 750
5417155 over 255-byte pkts, 10823333 over 511-byte pkts, 10576198 over 1023-byte pkts 481 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 30770539 Unicasts 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 1555.00 Mbits/sec, 244550 packets/sec, 31.88% of line-rate Output 676.00 Mbits/sec, 106216 packets/sec, 13.
PAGE 751
Te 2/2 (Up) Dell# Example (portrange) Dell#show interfaces port-channel 1-2 brief Codes: L - LACP Port-channel O - OpenFlow Controller Port-channel A - Auto Port-channel I - Internally Lagged LAG 1 Related Commands Mode L3 Status down Uptime 00:00:00 Ports Te 11/1 (Down) show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
PAGE 752
vlan vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan then the VLAN-id. The range is from 0 to 4094. ether-type Enter the keywords ether-type in the XX:XX format. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 753
The backplane port channels operate as HiGig link bundles to transmit data traffic between line-card and SFM NPUs. There are 10 linecards and 2 SFM NPUs. The 6 SFM (spine) NPUs comprise the switch fabric module. Each line-card has one NPU numbered 0. SFM NPUs are numbered 0 to 1. Line-card and SFM NPUs use HiGig port channels to transmit data. • • An SFM NPU uses 10 HiGig port channels, one port channel to transmit data to each line-card NPU.
PAGE 754
Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, Related Commands 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate show hardware hg-stats — displays traffic statistics from internal ports in a HiGig link bundle. hg-link-bundle-monitor enable Enable the monitoring of link utilization and traffic distribution in backplane HiGig link bundles/port channels on a line-card or switch fabric module (SFM) NPU.
PAGE 755
Defaults Version Description 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000 switch. The default polling interval for HiGig link bundles is 15 seconds. Usage Information The rate interval used to poll member links is globally configured and applied to all HiGig link bundles in the system. hg-link-bundle-monitor trigger-threshold Specify the bandwidth-percentage threshold used in HiGig link-bundle monitoring to determine uneven traffic distribution and when an alarm is generated.
PAGE 756
Command Modes Command History Example (Linecard HiGig Port) Example (SFM HiGig Port) 756 Interfaces • • EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.3.0.0 Added support for the hg-stats option on the Z9000 platform. 9.2.1.0 Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 757
Rate info (interval 15 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, Output 37096.40 Mbits/sec, Example (SFM HiGig Port) Related Commands 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate 57963128 packets/sec, 94.
PAGE 758
Field Description Slot Slot number of a line card. npuUnit Network processing unit (NPU) ID number of a HiGig link bundle/port-channel. hg-port-channel Port-channel number of a HiGig link bundle. Utilization (In Percent) Percentage of total bandwidth usage by the traffic transmitted on the HiGig link bundle. Alarm State Indicates whether an alarm has been generated if uneven traffic distribution occurs in a HiGig link bundle. Possible values are Active and Inactive.
PAGE 759
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) Commands TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember • • • • The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
PAGE 760
Related Commands • show tdr — display the results of the TDR test. show tdr Display the TDR test results. Syntax show tdr interface Parameters interface Enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet or peGigE then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 761
Example Related Commands Dell# show tdr tengigabitethernet 11/2 Time since last test: 00:00:11 Pair A, Length: OK Status: Terminated Pair B, Length: OK Status: Terminated Pair C, Length: OK Status: Terminated Pair D, Length: OK Status: Terminated • tdr-cable-test — run the TDR test.
PAGE 762
23 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 763
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • isis ipv6 metric isis metric isis network point-to-point isis password isis priority is-type log-adjacency-changes lsp-gen-interval lsp-mtu lsp-refresh-interval max-area-addresses max-lsp-lifetime maximum-paths metric-style multi-topology net passive-interface redistribute redistribute bgp redistribute ospf router isis set-overload-bit show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show is
PAGE 764
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. If a BFD session goes down indicating that IPv4 or IPv6 connectivity to its neighbor is lost, it does not imply that the adjacency is lost altogether.
PAGE 765
Usage Information You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked. You cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1, conditional route leaking can be enabled via IP prefix-list. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
PAGE 766
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to restart the IS-IS process corresponding to that VRF. tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process. This command removes IS-IS neighbor information and IS-IS LSP database information and the full SPF calculation is done. database Clears IS-IS LSP database information.
PAGE 767
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information To configure a shortcut name that you can use instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address, use this command. Related Commands hostname dynamic — enables dynamic learning of host names from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the host names in LSPs. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations.
PAGE 768
• • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 769
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. debug isis local-updates To debug IS-IS local update packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf—name] updates [interface] command.
PAGE 770
debug isis snp-packets To debug IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) and partial sequence number PDU (PSNP) packets, enable debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information. C9000 Series Syntax debug isis snp-packets [interface][vrf vrf-name] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] snp-packets [interface] command.
PAGE 771
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging information on IS-IS corresponding to that VRF. This information contains spf trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms,refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 772
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information.
PAGE 773
Usage Information When you use this command to redistribute routes into a routing domain, the router becomes an autonomous system (AS) boundary router. An AS boundary router does not always generate a default route into a routing domain. The router still requires its own default route before it can generate one. How a metric value assigned to a default route advertises depends on the metric-style command configuration.
PAGE 774
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter next-hop IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name. Defaults weight = 115 Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 775
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.
PAGE 776
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands • • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates. redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
PAGE 777
Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 778
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
PAGE 779
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. C9000 Series Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 780
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
PAGE 781
graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command. Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value so if you have configured this option. manual Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses.
PAGE 782
Parameters multi-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords multi-point to pad only LAN hello PDUs. point-to-point (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords point-to-point to pad only point-to-point PDUs. Defaults Both LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs are padded. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 783
Related Commands clns host — defines a name-to-NSAP mapping. ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. C9000 Series Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 784
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 785
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. To establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing, enable routing on one or more interfaces. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time.
PAGE 786
isis csnp-interval Configure the IS-IS complete sequence number PDU (CSNP) interval on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis csnp-interval seconds [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis csnp-interval [seconds] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10.
PAGE 787
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 788
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands isis hello-interval — specifies the length of time between hello packets.
PAGE 789
Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This value is the default.
PAGE 790
Defaults default-metric = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 791
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. C9000 Series Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password.
PAGE 792
Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. Defaults value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 793
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The IS-IS protocol automatically determines area boundaries and are able to keep Level 1 and Level 2 routing separate. Poorly planned use of this feature may cause configuration errors, such as accidental area partitioning.
PAGE 794
Parameters level-l (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-1 LSPs. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_interv (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP al seconds generation.
PAGE 795
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 796
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. Usage Information The refresh interval determines the rate at which route topology information is transmitted preventing the information from becoming obsolete. The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command.
PAGE 797
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. C9000 Series Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, use the no max-lsp-lifetime command. Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsprefresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200.
PAGE 798
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.
PAGE 799
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
PAGE 800
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. C9000 Series Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entitytitle Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
PAGE 801
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
PAGE 802
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.
PAGE 803
metric-type {external| internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: route-map map- map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map filters imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. name • • external internal If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported.
PAGE 804
Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. The range is from 1 to 65355. metric metric- (OPTIONAL) The value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 0. value metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain.
PAGE 805
router isis Enable the IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IP IS-IS process. C9000 Series Syntax router isis [tag][vrf vrf-name] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the IS-IS routing protocol and to specify an IP IS-IS process on that VRF. tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified.
PAGE 806
To return to the default values, use the no set-overload-bit command. Defaults Not set. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 807
Example (RouterIsis) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)# show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
PAGE 808
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Inroduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.
PAGE 809
Example The bold sections identify that MultiTopology IS-IS is enabled. Dell#show isis database IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 0/0/0 ! Dell#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.
PAGE 810
Command Modes Parameters Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name if the VRf to display IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, the IS-IS graceful restart details corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 811
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
PAGE 812
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 813
Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 --More-Dell>show isis int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7/1 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.01 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 814
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 815
Link Local Address: fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:492c Topology: IPv4 IPv6 , Common (IPv4 IPv6 ) Adjacency being used for MTs: IPv4 IPv6 Dell# Dell#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! Dell#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Te 7/1/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.3* MAC Address: 0000.0000.
PAGE 816
Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/2 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode. Dell# Dell#show isis protocol IS-IS Router: System Id: F100.E120.
PAGE 817
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • vrf vrf-name For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 818
Item Description Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
PAGE 819
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 820
24 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) IGMP and IGMP snooping commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands Topics: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands The system supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 821
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command debug ip igmp Enable debugging of IGMP packets.
PAGE 822
ip igmp access-group Specify access control list for packets in access-group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 823
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave.
PAGE 824
ip igmp last-member-query-interval Change the last member query interval, which is the Max Response Time inserted into Group-Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages. This interval is also the interval between Group-Specific Query messages. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-query-interval command.
PAGE 825
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds. Defaults 125 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 826
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 827
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable the system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier.
PAGE 828
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 829
Parameters 2 Enter the number 2 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv2. 3 Enter the number 3 to set the IGMP version number to IGMPv3. Defaults 2 (that is, IGMPv2) Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 830
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 831
Example (Details) 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Dell#show ip igmp group details Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.1 00:01:22 65.0.0.2 00:01:22 65.0.0.3 00:01:22 65.0.0.4 00:01:22 65.0.0.5 00:01:22 show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP.
PAGE 832
The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
PAGE 833
Source address 65.0.0.1 65.0.0.2 65.0.0.3 65.0.0.4 65.0.0.5 Related Commands Expires 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 00:01:22 ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 are supported on the switch. Important Points to Remember for IGMP Snooping • • • • • • • • • • The Dell Networking OS supports version 1, version 2, and version 3 hosts.
PAGE 834
• • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 835
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 836
To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.
PAGE 837
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Seris and S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding, disable Layer 3 multicast (no ip multicast-routing).
PAGE 838
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 839
To disable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface, use the no ip igmp snooping querier command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 840
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up.
PAGE 841
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces. The following describes the show ip igmp groups command shown in the following example. Example Field Description Group Address Lists the multicast address for the IGMP group.
PAGE 842
25 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • • • Authentication Headers (AH) — connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 843
• • • espauthentication Enter the keywords esp-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • • • esp-encryption md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
PAGE 844
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 845
To remove the match filter for the crypto map, use the no match seq-num tcp [source ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {source-port number}] [destination ip address | ipv6 address {mask} {destination-port number}] command. Parameters seq-num Enter the match command sequence number. sourceip-address | Enter the keyword source then the IPv4 or IPv6 address for the source. ipv6 address mask Enter the mask prefix length in /nn format. source-port number Enter the source port number.
PAGE 846
ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key. encrypt Indicates the ESP encryption transform set key string.
PAGE 847
ESP Encry Transform Dell# : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 848
Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : 23 a::2 /128 0 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : : : : : 2 tcp IPv6 a::1 /128 0 a::2 /128 21 Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination
PAGE 849
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the switch.
PAGE 850
• • show ip traffic show tcp statistics arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). C9000 Series Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name]ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
PAGE 851
Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.0) when creating a static ARP. Zero MAC addresses (00:00:00:00:00:00) are also invalid. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to associate an IP address with a MAC address in a dual-homing setup. NOTE: The parameters vrf, mac-address, and interface are not supported in the batch mode.
PAGE 852
arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP. C9000 Series Syntax arp learn-enable Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 853
Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 4 hours (240 minutes). Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes • • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 854
• • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 855
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 856
Parameters * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 857
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip traffic — displays IP traffic statistics. clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp] all Enter the keyword all to clear TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors.
PAGE 858
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • count value For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 4096. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 859
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 860
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). C9000 Series Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • count value For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0.
PAGE 861
ICMP: src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo reply ICMP: echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. C9000 Series Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command.
PAGE 862
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. Usage Information The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length.
PAGE 863
• • Transmission Control Protocol (tcp) but not on the rst, syn, or urg bits User Datagram Protocol (udp) If an ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled. A message appears identifying the error (refer to the following Example).
PAGE 864
count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 865
ip directed-broadcast Enable the interface to receive directed broadcast packets. C9000 Series Syntax ip directed-broadcast To disable the interface from receiving directed broadcast packets, use the no ip directed-broadcast command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the interface does not receive directed broadcast packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 866
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command.
PAGE 867
To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands • • ip name-server — specifies a DNS server show hosts — Views the current bindings. ip domain-name Configure one domain name for the switch. C9000 Series Syntax ip domain-name name To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 868
ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. C9000 Series Syntax ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremental by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 869
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
PAGE 870
ip mtu Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet the RPM transmits for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, the system sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. C9000 Series Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, use the no ip mtu command. Parameters value Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented. The range is from 576 to 9234. The default is 1500 bytes.
PAGE 871
Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. C9000 Series Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...
PAGE 872
Related Commands ipv6 name-server — configures an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 873
• • • • • • • • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0. For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot/port information. For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then the slot/port information. The range is from 0 to 16383. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 874
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface type. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.
PAGE 875
ip source-route Enable the system to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. C9000 Series Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 876
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ipv4 unicast-host-route Enable the storage of IPv4 route prefixes in the L3 host table. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ipv4 unicast-host-route Defaults Disabled; by default, all IPv4 route prefixes are stored installed only in the Longest Prefix Match (LPM) table.
PAGE 877
• • dest-ip — Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. source-ip — Uses source IP address and source port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded.
PAGE 878
management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 879
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route. Also, Management static routes and the Management Connected prefix are not reflected in the hardware routing tables.
PAGE 880
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a summary of ARP entries. Default Display only the ARP entries learned on the Control Processor. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 881
Internet Internet Internet Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.249 192.2.1.248 192.2.1.247 192.2.1.246 192.2.1.245 1 1 1 1 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te Te Te Te Te 0/13 0/13 0/13 0/13 0/13 - CP CP CP CP CP NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10.
PAGE 882
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show hosts Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 883
Field Description • • • TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learned entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host. Example Related Commands ok — the entry is valid. ex — the entry expired. ?? — the entry is suspect.
PAGE 884
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.2 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale E600i. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip cam command shown in the following example.
PAGE 885
Parameters linecard Displays the fib entries for the mentioned linecard id. vrf Displays the fib entries for the mentioned vrf-id. Otherwise, vrf displays the default vrf entries. A.B.C.D. Displays the fib entry for the mentioned prefix. summary Displays the fib summary. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 886
destination-port number Enter the keywords destination-port then the destination port number. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 887
• • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 888
Example Lines Description Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
PAGE 889
fortyGigE 0/8 down --More-- unassigned NO Manual administratively down Dell# show ip interface configured TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is not set IP MTU is 1500 bytes Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled Proxy ARP is enabled Split Horizon is enabled Poison Reverse is disabled ICMP redirects are not sent ICMP unreachables are not sent IP unicast RPF check is not supported TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 is down, line protocol is down Internet address is 10.10.10.
PAGE 890
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also.
PAGE 891
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
PAGE 892
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.
PAGE 893
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view only routes the ip route command configures. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary. For more information, refer to the show ip route summary command. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 894
connected 2 static 1 Total 3 Total 3 active route(s) using 0 0 0 612 bytes Dell#show ip route static Destination Gateway ----------------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.9, Te 1/2 Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ----------1/0 3d2h show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route list prefix-list Parameters prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 895
R C Related Commands 2.1.3.0/24 2.1.4.0/24 via 2.1.4.1, Te 2/43 Direct, Te 2/43 120/1 0/0 3d1h 3d1h ip prefix-list — enters CONFIGURATION-IP PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary — displays a summary of the configured prefix lists. show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show ip route summary Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 896
Intra-area: 762 Inter-area: 1 External-1: 600 External-2: 5 Total 1388 2 Total 1388 active route(s) using 222440 bytes Total 2 non-active route(s) using 128 bytes Dell> Related Commands show ip route — displays information about the routes found in the switch. show ip traffic View IP traffic statistics related to switch CPUs, including ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP counters.
PAGE 897
Keyword Definition • destination IP address belongs to reserved prefixes; the host/network is unreachable bad options... Unrecognized IP option on a received packet. Frags: IP fragments received. ... reassembled Number of IP fragments that were reassembled. ... timeouts Number of times a timer expired on a reassembled queue. ... too big Number of invalid IP fragments received. ... couldn’t fragment Number of packets that could not be fragmented and forwarded. ...
PAGE 898
Rcvd: 23829 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port Sent: 16048 total ARP statistics: Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies Sent: 21 requests, 10 replies (0 proxy) Related Commands clear ip traffic — clears IP traffic statistics. show tcp statistics Display statistical information about TCP traffic transmitted on Z9500 CPUs. C9000 Series Syntax show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp} Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP statistics on the switch CPUs.
PAGE 899
Example Field Description 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets... Displays the number of window probe and update packets received. 41 dup ack...
PAGE 900
Related Commands 900 clear tcp statistics — clears TCP traffic statistics.
PAGE 901
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, see the cam-acl command. Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 902
Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • l2acl number L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 4 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 2 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 OpenFlow: 0 (disabled) FCoE (fcoeacl): 0 (disabled) iSCSI Optimization (iscsioptacl): 0 (disabled) L2 PT : 0 IP-MAC ACL : 0 Vman QoS : 0 ECFM ACL: 0 IPv4 PBR : 0 VRFv4 ACL : 0 FedGov ACL : 0 NLB Cluster ACL : 0 Allocate space to each CAM region.
PAGE 903
nlbclusteracl number ipv4pbr number Enter nlbclusteracl and the FP block number for NLB Cluster ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. Enter ipv4pbr and the FP block number for IPv4 PBR ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. iscsioptacl number Enter iscsioptacl and the FP block number for ISCSI optimization ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6. Command Modes openflow number Enter openflow and the FP block number for OpenFlow ACL. The FP block number range is 0 to 6.
PAGE 904
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. C9000 Series Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1-3 ipv6acl 0-2} Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-3 ipv4acl 1- Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM 3 ipv6acl 0-2 profile name then the allocation amount. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 905
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 906
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 907
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 908
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 909
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. Command Modes Command History interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 910
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.
PAGE 911
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 912
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) Allow filtering of all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages C9000 Series Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 913
Related Commands permit (for Standard IPv6 ACLs) – configures a filter to forward IPv6 packets. permit tcp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 914
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 915
the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 916
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
PAGE 917
========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 320 | | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1132 | | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | | | IN-L3 ECMP GRP | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 45 | | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-V6 ACL | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6 FIB | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-SysFlow | 0 | 0 | | | IN-V6-McastFib | 0 | 0 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 1024 |
PAGE 918
out Enter the keyword out to display information for an ipv6 egress access-list attached to an interface. interface Enter the keyword interface to display information for an ipv6 access-list for a specific interface. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 919
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Field Description “Ingress IPv6...
PAGE 920
seq 20 deny host 2.2.2.
PAGE 921
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking operating system. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 922
Defaults LPM CAM is not partitioned with Partition 1. IPv6 /65 to /128 prefixes are not converted to /64 prefixes and saved in the LPM table. All the packets for extended IPv6 route prefixes are transmitted using the default route path. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 923
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 924
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. Command Modes • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 925
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information • • • • • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the linklocal IPv6 address is removed automatically. IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
PAGE 926
Usage Infomation • • • • • • SAA can configure up to two addresses. If any preferred prefix or valid timers time out, the corresponding address are deprecated or removed. If an address is removed due to a time-out, an address from the current unused prefix is used to create a new address. If there are no remaining prefixes, the software waits to receive a new prefix from the RA. If auto-configuration is enabled, all IPv6 addresses on that management interface are auto-configured.
PAGE 927
ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit Configure the maximum number of ICMP error packets generated and sent in one second. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit {1-200} To restore the default value, use the no ipv6 control-plane icmp error-rate-limit command. Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200. Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 928
Usage Information If the flowlabel value is already set for BGP or SSH, the system defaults to the already configured value. All packets on the same connection are considered part of the same flow by the system. For new connections, set the new flowlabel to zero. ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address for the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}.
PAGE 929
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.
PAGE 930
Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.1 Introduced on the S3100 series, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S4048T-ON, S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6010–ON, S6000–ON, S6100–ON, Z9100–ON, C9010, Z9500, MXL, and FN IOM.
PAGE 931
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no-advertise] | [noautoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
PAGE 932
ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 neighbor{ipv6-address} {interface interface} {hardware_address}[vrf vrfname] To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighboripv6– address{interface interface Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 933
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4. It defines mechanisms for solving problems, such as: • • • • • • • • Router discovery: Hosts can locate routers residing on a link Prefix discovery: Hosts can discover address prefixes for the link.
PAGE 934
Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. ipv6-address Enter the forwarding router IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the metric distance assigned to the route. The range is from 1 to 255. tag value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a tag value number. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
PAGE 935
You can specify the weight value only to destination address and not on the egress port. A route is considered for weighted ECMP calculations only if each paths corresponding to that route is configured with a weight.
PAGE 936
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 937
Example Dell#show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Cam-Ipv6-LPM Extended Prefix -------------------------------Current Settings cam-ipv6-max-/65-to-/128-Prefix : 2048 Dell(conf)# show ipv6 cam linecard Display the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified line card. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 cam linecard slot id port-set number [vrf vrf-name][X:X:X:X::X | summary] slot-id Displays the cam entries for the mentioned linecard id. port-set Enter the keyword port-set and specify the port-set number.
PAGE 938
fe80::/10 ::/0 00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00 NuP CP 0 0 0 show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 939
Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 940
[tengigabitethernet slot | slot/port] [fortyGigE slot | slot/port] [tunnel tunnel-id] [vlan vlan-id] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For the Null interface, enter the keyword null then zero (0). For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 941
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 942
Global Unicast address(es): 10:10:10:1::8, subnet is 10:10:10::/48 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Global Anycast address(es): Joined Group address(es): ff02::1 ff02::2 ff02::1:ff00:8 ff02::1:ffff:6f08 ND MTU is 0 ICMP redirects are not sent DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3 ND reachable time is 27000 milliseconds ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent ever
PAGE 943
Field Description Reports The total number of reports (queries and unsolicited reports generated from joins or leaves) that have been received or sent. Leaves The number of Multicast leaves that have been sent. MLDv1 queries The number of MLDv1 queries that have been received. MLDv2 queries The number of MLDv2 queries that have been received. Malformed Packets The number of MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets that do not match the requirement for a valid MLD packet.
PAGE 944
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you issue the show ipv6 neighbors without specifying any options, it will display all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP).
PAGE 945
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id][vrf vrf-name] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 946
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The following describes the show ipv6 route command shown in the following examples.
PAGE 947
Total 5 0 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes IPv6 Basics 947
PAGE 948
29 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on a switch. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands.
PAGE 949
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 950
The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Usage Information By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 951
iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. C9000 Series Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 952
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. C9000 Series Syntax show iscsi Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 953
Example Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000.
PAGE 954
10.10.0.44 33345 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Session 1 : ---------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:31(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.53 33432 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Related Commands • • • show iscsi— displays the currently configured iSCSI settings.
PAGE 955
30 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Topics: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses.
PAGE 956
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
PAGE 957
mac-address-table disable-learning Disable MAC address learning from LACP or LLDP BPDUs. Syntax Parameters mac-address-table disable-learning [lacp | lldp] lacp Enter lacp to disable MAC address learning from LACP BPDUs. lldp Enter LLDP to disable MAC address learning from LLDP BPDUs. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 958
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1(0.
PAGE 959
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For details about using this command, see the “NIC Teaming” section of the Layer 2 chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. To disable the ARP refresh feature, use the no mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp command.
PAGE 960
PeGi 100/0/20 PeGi 255/0/47 Po 1 Po 100 Pe-Loop Pe-Loop Pe-Loop Pe-Loop Shutdown Shutdown Shutdown Shutdown PEloop-disable PEloop-disable PEloop-disable PEloop-disable To display the reason why the line protocol is down on a PE port or port channel, enter the show interface command. Dell(conf-if-po-1)#do show interface port-channel 1 Port-channel 1 is up, line protocol is down(Pe Loop Detection) When a PE interface is shut down due to a PE loop violation, you must manually reset it.
PAGE 961
Usage Information This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If you do not specify the vlan option, the MAC address counters are not VLAN-based. That is, the sum of the addresses learned on all VLANs (not having any learning limit configuration) is counted against the MAC learning limit. MAC Learning Limit violation logs and actions are not available on a per-VLAN basis.
PAGE 962
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port.
PAGE 963
shutdown-both Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down both the original and offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdown-original Enter the keywords shutdown-original to shut down the original interface and generate a syslog message. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 964
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 965
Example Dell# show cam mac linecard PVlanId Mac Address 1 00:01:02:03:04:09 0 74:86:7a:ff:6f:1c 1 00:11:22:33:44:55 1 00:01:02:03:04:07 1 00:01:02:03:04:08 0 ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 1 00:01:02:03:04:05 1 00:01:02:03:04:06 1 port-set 0 Region Interface DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 LOCAL_DA 00001 STATIC Fo 2/8 DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 STATIC 00001 DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 DYNAMIC Fo 2/0 show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table.
PAGE 966
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 967
Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). The following describes the show mac-address-table count command shown in the following example. Line Beginning Description With MAC Entries... Displays the number of MAC entries learned per VLAN. Dynamic Address... Lists the number of dynamically learned MAC addresses. Static Address... Lists the number of user-defined MAC addresses. Total MAC...
PAGE 968
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces.
PAGE 969
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for the violate-action and detail options. 6.5.1.0 Added support for Port Channel.
PAGE 970
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax (default-vlan-id 1). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to specify a default VLAN in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 971
Parameters vlan-name Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 972
interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
PAGE 973
Column Heading Description • • • NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs. Q • • • • • • • • • • • • • Ports Displays the type, slot, and port information.
PAGE 974
NUM 20 Example (Brief) Example (Name) Status Active Description Dell#show vlan brief VLAN Name ---- -------------------------------1 10 20 30 Q T T T STG ---0 0 0 0 MAC Aging --------1800 1800 1800 1800 Ports Po10(Te 0/140,Te 1/80) Po20(Te 1/81) Fo 2/0 IP Address -----------------unassigned unassigned 2.3.3.3/24 2.1.1.
PAGE 975
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 976
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 977
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command.
PAGE 978
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. • • fefd — enables far-end failure detection on an interface. fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode.
PAGE 979
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, use the no fefd disable command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 980
Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
PAGE 981
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 982
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. The default is Normal mode.
PAGE 983
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration.
PAGE 984
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 985
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). C9000 Series Syntax debug lacp {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} To disable LACP debugging, use the no debug {config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]} command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug the LACP event information.
PAGE 986
lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. C9000 Series Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-po-number) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 987
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value.
PAGE 988
active Enter the keyword active to set the mode to the active state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. passive Enter the keyword passive to set the mode to the passive state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. off Enter the keyword off to set the mode to the off state. NOTE: LACP modes are defined in Usage Information. Defaults off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 989
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. • • show lacp — displays the LACP information. show interfaces port-channel — displays information on configured Port Channel groups. show lacp Display the LACP matrix.
PAGE 990
A-Active LACP, B-Passive LACP, C-Short Timeout, D-Long Timeout E-Aggregatable Link, F-Individual Link, G-IN_SYNC, H-OUT_OF_SYNC I-Collection enabled, J-Collection disabled, K-Distribution enabled LDistribution disabled, M-Partner Defaulted, N-Partner Non-defaulted, O-Receiver is in expired state, P-Receiver is not in expired state Port Te 1/6 is enabled, LACP is Actor Admin: State ACEHJLMP Oper: State ACEGIKNP Partner Admin: State BDFHJLMP Oper: State BCEGIKNP Dell# Example (Sys-id) enabled and mode is lac
PAGE 991
32 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • • LLPD Commands LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 992
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added the vlan-name option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 993
Parameters description Enter the keyword description then the interface description. port-id Enter the keyword port-id then the port-id. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(2.0P2) Introduced the description and port-id options.
PAGE 994
advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value). C9000 Series Syntax advertise management-tlv {management-address | system-capabilities | systemdescription | system-name} To remove advertised management TLVs, use the no advertise management-tlv {managementaddress | system-capabilities | system-description | system-name} command. Parameters managementaddress Enter the keyword management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the LLDP peer.
PAGE 995
Parameters managementaddress Enter the keywords management-address to advertise the management IP address TLVs to the specified interface. systemcapabilities Enter the keywords system-capabilities to advertise the system capabilities TLVs to the specified interface. systemdescription Enter the keywords system-description to advertise the system description TLVs to the specified interface. system-name Enter the keywords system-name to advertise the system name TLVs to the specified interface.
PAGE 996
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface.
PAGE 997
debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. C9000 Series Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
PAGE 998
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 999
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1000
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1001
protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION(conf-lldp) CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1002
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Before LLDP can be configured on an interface, it must be enabled globally from CONFIGURATION mode. This command places you in LLDP mode on the interface; it does not enable the protocol. When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations.
PAGE 1003
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
PAGE 1004
Remote Chassis ID: 34:17:eb:00:aa:1b Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 1/49 Local Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 0/4 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 9 Information valid for next 8 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:05:32 -------------------------------------------------------------============================================================= Local Interface Te 1/4 has 1 neighbor Total Frames Out: 101 Total Frames In: 98
PAGE 1005
Total TLVs Discarded: 0 Next packet will be sent after 13 seconds The neighbors are given below: ---------------------------------------------Remote Chassis ID Subtype: Mac address (4) Remote Chassis ID: 00:01:e8:8c:53:2e Remote Port Subtype: Interface name (5) Remote Port ID: TenGigabitEthernet 0/31 Local Port ID: peGigE 253/0/32 Locally assigned remote Neighbor Index: 1 Remote TTL: 120 Information valid for next 109 seconds Time since last information change of this neighbor: 00:05:23 ==================
PAGE 1006
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. C9000 Series Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1007
show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1008
• • identify physical location identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
PAGE 1009
To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured.
PAGE 1010
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1011
When the advertise med power-via-mdi command is enabled in CONFIGURATION mode, advertisement is enabled for all the interfaces in a system. To enable advertisement for a specific interface, configure the command in INTERFACE configuration mode. Port extender (PE) processes and advertises LLDP power-via-MDI TLVs when the LLDP advertisement of the TLV is enabled on the PE in class power management mode. Incoming LLDP messages are processed only when the PE is in class power management mode.
PAGE 1012
advertise med streaming-video To advertise streaming video services for broadcast or multicast-based video, configure the system. This command does not include video applications that rely on TCP buffering. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1013
DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. number Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1014
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. show running-config lldp — displays the LLDP running configuration.
PAGE 1015
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. C9000 Series Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {prioritytagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1016
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands NOTE: Dell Networking OS supports Multicast routing only on default VRFs . Topics: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table.
PAGE 1017
mtrace Trace a multicast route from the source to the receiver. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History mtrace [vrf vrf-name] {source-address/hostname} [destination-address/hostname] [group-address/hostname] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. If VRF name is not mentioned, the default VRF will be used. Mtrace is not supported for management VRF. source-address/ hostname Enter the source IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1018
• • • • • Hop — a hop number(counted negatively to indicate reverse-path) OIF IP — outgoing interface address Proto — multicast routing protocol Forwarding code — error code as present in the response blocks Source Network/Mask — source mask ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1019
ip multicast-limit To limit the number of multicast entries on the system, use this feature. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters ip multicast-limit [vrf vrf-name] limit limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1020
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface.
PAGE 1021
Version Description 9.9(0.) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword vlt to the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.4.1.1 Support for the keyword snooping and the optional vlan vlan-id, groupaddress, and source-address parameters were added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1022
Field Description uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table. Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) information towards the source for (S,G) entries and the RP for (*,G) entries. Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following: • • • a directly connected member of the Group statically configured member of the Group received a (*,G) or (S,G) Join message Example show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding.
PAGE 1023
34 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 1024
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] Parameters group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1025
local Enter the keyword local to clear out local PIM advertised entries. It applies the redistribute filter (if present) while adding the local PIM SA entries to the SA cache. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1026
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command. Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766.
PAGE 1027
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1028
To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1029
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer.
PAGE 1030
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Usage Information The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used.
PAGE 1031
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. C9000 Series Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
PAGE 1032
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The system counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers. When the total SA messages reach this limit, the subsequent SA messages are dropped (even if they pass RPF checking and policy checking).
PAGE 1033
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. C9000 Series Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1034
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example Dell#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 1035
Example Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa MSDP Rejected SA Cache 200 rejected SAs UpTime GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 00:00:13 225.1.2.1 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.2 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.8 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.9 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 00:00:13 225.1.2.10 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.
PAGE 1036
35 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s.
PAGE 1037
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1038
forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. C9000 Series Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1039
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1040
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. C9000 Series Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1041
Defaults default bridge-priority is 32768. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1042
Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. revision — assigns the revision number to the MST configuration. protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. C9000 Series Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1043
Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1044
Example Dell(conf-mstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. C9000 Series Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1045
brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1046
Example (EDS and The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). LBK) Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1047
spanning-tree Enable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree To disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the interface, use the no spanning-tree command. Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1048
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1049
Usage Information On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1050
36 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1051
• count value For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 65534. The default is infinity. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1052
hop–limit Enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} To reset the hop count limit, use the no hop-limit {maximum | minimum limit} command. Parameters maximum limit Enter the keyword maximum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254. minimum limit Enter the keyword minimum then the hop limit value. The range is from 0 to 254.
PAGE 1053
Related Commands • show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — display the configuration applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. ipv6 nd ra–guard enable Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. Syntax ipv6 nd ra-guard enable To disable the RA guard, use the no ipv6 nd ra-guard enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1054
managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON. off Enter the keyword off to set the managed-config flag value as OFF. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1055
Related Commands Version Description 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
PAGE 1056
Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.8(1.0) Introduced on the Z9100-ON. 9.8(0.0P5) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1057
To reset the advertised retransmission interval, use the no retrans-timervalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised retransmission time interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 4,294,967,295 milliseconds. Defaults None Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.
PAGE 1058
router–preference maximum Enable the verification of the advertised default router preference (DRP) value. The preference value is lower than or equal to the specified limit. If this command is not configured, the verification process is bypassed. Syntax router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} To reset the default router preference value, use the no router-preference maximum {high | low | medium} command. Parameters high Enter the keyword high to set the DRP value as high.
PAGE 1059
ipv6 nd ra-guard policy test device-role router hop-limit maximum 251 mtu 1350 other-config-flag on reachable-time 540 retrans-timer 101 router-preference maximum medium trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port.
PAGE 1060
Related Commands • • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — configure the RA guard related commands. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode. device-role — specify the role of the device attached to the port. hop-limit — enable the verification of the advertised hop count limit. mtu — set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) value. other-config-flag — enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter.
PAGE 1061
37 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6 protocols. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1062
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients.
PAGE 1063
• track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. description Enter a description of a tracked object. C9000 Series Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1064
Example Dell#show running-config track track 1 ip route 23.0.0.0/8 reachability track 2 ipv6 route 2040::/64 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 200 track 3 ipv6 route 2050::/64 reachability track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2/1 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Objectid) Dell#show running-config track 300 track 300 ip route 10.0.0.
PAGE 1065
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information The following describes the show track command shown in the Example below. Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is slot/port, IP route being tracked.
PAGE 1066
Example (Brief) Related Commands Dell>show track brief ResId Resource Parameter State LastChange 1 IP route reachability 10.16.0.0/16 Up 00:01:08 2 Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Down 00:05:00 3 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Up 01:10:05 • • • • • • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1067
Configure the UP and DOWN thresholds for each tracked route with the threshold metric command. The default UP threshold is 254; the default DOWN threshold is 255. The notification of a change in the state of a tracked object is sent when a metric value crosses a configured threshold. The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
PAGE 1068
track interface line-protocol Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. C9000 Series Syntax track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter gigabitethernet and the slot-number/ port-number.
PAGE 1069
ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1070
ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1071
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv4 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range from 0 to 255.
PAGE 1072
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Command Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 1073
Example (Brief) Dell#show track ipv6 route brief ResId Resource Parameter State LastChange 2 IPv6 route metric threshold 2040::/64 Up 00:02:36 3 IPv6 route reachability 2050::/64 Up 00:02:36 Related Commands • • • • • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
PAGE 1074
Related Commands • The Layer 3 status of an IPv6 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table. • show track ipv6 route – displays information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 1075
Related Commands • • • show track ipv6 route – displays information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. threshold metric – configures the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. track resolution ipv6 route – configures the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. track ipv6 route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv6 route.
PAGE 1076
track resolution ipv6 route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv6 route metric. C9000 Series Syntax track resolution ipv6 route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is from 1 to 500. isis resolutionvalue Enter the resolution used to convert the metric in the routing table for ISIS routes to a scaled metric.
PAGE 1077
38 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) are the same for OSPFv2 and OSPFv3.
PAGE 1078
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.
PAGE 1079
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR). C9000 Series Syntax area area-id range ip-address mask [not-advertise] To disable route summarization, use the no area area-id range ip-address mask command.
PAGE 1080
area stub Configure a stub area, which is an area not connected to other areas. C9000 Series Syntax area area-id stub [no-summary] To delete a stub area, use the no area area-id stub command. Parameters area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) or enter a number from zero (0) to 65535. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-summary to prevent the ABR from sending summary Link State Advertisements (LSAs) into the stub area. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1081
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. clear ip ospf Clear all OSPF routing tables. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}]|[process] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
PAGE 1082
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to clear all OSPF routing tables corresponding to that VRF interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1083
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, all OSPF processes are cleared. vrf name Enter the keyword vrf to view debugging information on OSPF corresponding to that VRF. bfd (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bfd to debug only OSPF BFD information. event (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword event to debug only OSPF event information. packet (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to debug only OSPF packet information.
PAGE 1084
Field Description • • • auk: If the ip ospf authentication-key command is configured, this field displays the key used. keyid: If the ip ospf message-digest-key command is configured, this field displays the MD5 key to: Displays the interface to which the packet is intended. dst: Displays the destination IP address. netmask: Displays the destination IP address mask.
PAGE 1085
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number to configure a metric value for the route. The range is from 1 to 16777214. metric-type type- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPF link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: value • • route-map map- name 1 = Type 1 external route 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1086
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration.
PAGE 1087
To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask prefix-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. prefix-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard prefix list, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 1088
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1089
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. C9000 Series Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command.
PAGE 1090
Usage Information The distribute-list out command applies to routes autonomous system boundary routers (ASBRs) redistributes into OSPF. It can be applied to external type 2 and external type 1 routes, but not to intra-area and inter-area routes. enable inverse-mask By default, the system allows you to input the OSPF network command with a net-mask. This command provides a choice between inverse-mask or net-mask (the default).
PAGE 1091
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. NOTE: The faster the convergence, the more frequent the route calculations and updates. This behavior impacts CPU utilization and may impact adjacency stability in larger topologies.
PAGE 1092
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1093
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart.
PAGE 1094
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf auth-change-wait-time seconds To return to the default, use the no ip ospf auth-change-wait-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1095
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1096
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 1097
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network.
PAGE 1098
new key. This process ensures that the neighbors learn the new key and communication is not disrupted by keeping the old key enabled. After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, delete the old key. Dell recommends keeping only one key per interface. NOTE: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. Write down or otherwise record the key. You cannot learn the key once it is configured. Use caution when changing the key.
PAGE 1099
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1100
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
PAGE 1101
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. log-adjacency-changes To send a Syslog message about changes in the OSPF adjacency state, set the system.
PAGE 1102
Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range for OSPFv2 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv2 is 4 paths. The range for OSPFv3 is from 1 to 64. The default for OSPFv3 is 8 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1103
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area.
PAGE 1104
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the keyword default. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface is still included in OSPF updates sent using other interfaces. The default keyword sets all interfaces as passive.
PAGE 1105
metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number. The range is from 0 (zero) to 16777214. metric-type type- (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: value • • 1 = OSPF External type 1 2 = OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1106
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1107
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1108
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload. Example Dell(conf)#router ospf 100 Dell(conf-router_ospf)#router-id 1.
PAGE 1109
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You must have an IP address assigned to an interface to enter ROUTER OSPF mode and configure OSPF. After the OSPF process and the VRF are tied together, you cannot use the OSPF Process ID again in the system. You can only create one process per VRF.
PAGE 1110
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to view only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1111
Area BACKBONE (0) Number of interface in this area is 1 SPF algorithm executed 205 times Area ranges are Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays information about the OSPF routes configured. show ip ospf interface — displays the OSPF interfaces configured. show ip ospf neighbor — displays the OSPF neighbors configured. show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF.
PAGE 1112
Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Te 0/1 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information. If you do not enable OSPF on the switch, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf-name] database [database-summary] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1113
Field Description Link count Displays the number of interfaces for that router. Example Dell>show ip ospf 1 database OSPF Router with ID (11.1.2.1) (Process ID 1) Router (Area 0.0.0.0) Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 673 0x80000005 0x707e 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 676 0x80000097 0x1035 192.68.135.2 192.68.135.2 1419 0x80000294 0x9cbd Link ID 10.2.3.2 10.2.4.2 Link ID 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 10.1.1.0 10.1.2.0 10.2.2.0 10.2.3.0 10.2.4.0 11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.
PAGE 1114
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1115
Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
PAGE 1116
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database external command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • • • Example TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
PAGE 1117
LS type: Type-5 AS External Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information.
PAGE 1118
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1119
Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id { vrf vrf-name] database nssa-external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to view a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1120
show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. C9000 Series Syntax show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name ] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1121
Example Item Description LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID).
PAGE 1122
adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip-address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.
PAGE 1123
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1124
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1125
Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.
PAGE 1126
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1127
LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1128
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms (Except MXL and STOMP). 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
PAGE 1129
Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.2 Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:08 Neighbor Count is 3, Adjacent neighbor count is 2 Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.5 (Designated Router) Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.3 (Backup Designated Router) Loopback 0 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.253.2/32, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.
PAGE 1130
Item Description Interface Displays the interface type slot/port information. Area Displays the neighbor’s area (process ID). Example Dell#show ip ospf 34 neighbor Neighbor ID 20.20.20.7 192.10.10.2 20.20.20.1 Dell# Pri State Dead Time Address 1 FULL/DR 00:00:32 182.10.10.3 1 FULL/DR 00:00:37 192.10.10.2 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Interface Area Te 0/0 0.0.0.2 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 Te 0/1 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB.
PAGE 1131
Example Dell#show ip ospf 100 route Prefix Cost Nexthop 1.1.1.1 1 0.0.0.0 3.3.3.3 2 13.0.0.3 13.0.0.0 1 0.0.0.0 150.150.150.0 2 13.0.0.3 172.30.1.0 2 13.0.0.3 Dell# Interface Lo 0 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Te 0/47 Area 0 1 0 1 Type Intra-Area Intra-Area Intra-Area External Intra-Area show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics.
PAGE 1132
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF on E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1133
Error Type Description Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow. Unknown-Pkt Received packet is not an OSPF packet. RtidZero Received router-ID (0.0.0.0) from peer.
PAGE 1134
• • Example (Statistics) The LSU Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor The LSR Q length and its highest mark for each neighbor Dell#show ip ospf 100 statistics Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/8 Hello-Timer 9, Wait-Timer 0, Grace-Timer 0 Error packets (Only for RX) Intf-Down Wrong-Len Auth-Error Version SeqNo-Err 0 0 0 0 0 Non-Dr Invld-Nbr MD5-Error AreaMisMatch Unkown-Pkt 0 0 0 0 0 Self-Org Nbr-State Cksum-Err Conf-Issue 0 0 0 0 Neighbor ID 9.1.1.
PAGE 1135
Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id| vrf vrf-name] topology process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1136
summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. C9000 Series Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize. mask Specify the mask in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
PAGE 1137
Parameters delay Enter a number as the delay. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 5 seconds. holdtime Enter a number as the hold time. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults • • Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. delay = 5 seconds holdtime = 10 seconds Version Description 9.8(1.
PAGE 1138
hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA. This interval is the time between sending the same LSA after the start-interval has been attempted. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds. max-interval Set the maximum amount of time the system waits before sending the LSA. The range is from 1 to 600,000 milliseconds. Defaults • • • Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1139
OSPFv3 Commands The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6. The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740. area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area.
PAGE 1140
The configuration of IPsec authentication on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface. To remove an IPsec authentication policy from an OSPFv3 area, enter the no area area-id authentication spi number command. Related Commands ipv6 ospf authentication – configures an IPsec authentication policy on an OSPFv3 interface.
PAGE 1141
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1142
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. C9000 Series Syntax clear ipv6 ospf [vrf vrf-name] process Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to clear IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1143
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug ipv6 ospf bfd Display debug information and interface types for bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) on OSPF IPv6 packets.
PAGE 1144
interface Te 0/2 Enable 1, interval 0, min_rx 0, Multiplier 0, role 0, Disable 0 00:59:26 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD on interface Te 0/2 Cmd Add Session 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Enabling BFD on interface Te 0/2 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Completed Interface mode BFD configuration on Te 0/2!! 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Enabling BFD for NBRIP fe80:0000:0000:0000:0201:e8ff:fe8b:7720 00:59:27 : OSPFv3INFO: Ospf3_register_bfd o
PAGE 1145
Example Command Fields Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Dell#debug ipv6 ospf packet OSPFv3 packet related debugging is on for all interfaces 05:21:01 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Inst:0, on Po 255 05:21:03 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.255, Area ID:0, Chksum:a177, Inst:0, from Vl 100 05:20:25 : OSPFv3: Sending, Ver:3, Type:4(LS Update), Len:580, Router ID:223.255.255.
PAGE 1146
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced the command. Usage Information The following section describes the command fields. Lines Description Beginning With or Including OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1147
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPFv3. graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart. C9000 Series Syntax graceful-restart grace-period seconds To disable OSPFv3 graceful restart, enter no graceful-restart grace-period.
PAGE 1148
Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. Defaults OSPFv3 graceful restart supports both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1149
• • • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383.
PAGE 1150
ipv6 ospf area Enable IPv6 OSPF on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf process id areaarea id To disable OSPFv6 routing for an interface, use the no ipv6 ospf process-id area area-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1151
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1152
Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810.
PAGE 1153
ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535 seconds. Defaults 40 seconds (Ethernet).
PAGE 1154
3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AES-CBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1155
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1156
ipv6 ospf priority To determine the Designated Router for the OSPFv3 network, set the priority of the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ipv6 ospf priority number To return to the default time interval, use the no ipv6 ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1157
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command.
PAGE 1158
• • • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default.
PAGE 1159
The default is 20. metric-type type- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • • 1 for a type 1 external route 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map map- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 1160
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1161
Table 6. show crypto ipsec policy Command Description Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an IPsec policy. Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy Inbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP SPI Inbound ESP Auth Key Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key Outbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links.
PAGE 1162
show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 [interface interface] Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Displays information about the SAs used on a specified OSPFv3 interface, where interface is one of the following values: • • • • Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC For a Port Channel interface, enter port-channel number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter TenGigabitEthernet slot/port.
PAGE 1163
Field Description transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported). replay detection support Y: An SA has enabled the replay detection feature. N: The replay detection feature is not enabled. ACTIVE: The authentication or encryption policy is enabled on the interface.
PAGE 1164
show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information. C9000 Series Syntax show ipv6 ospf [process-number] [vrf vrf-name][interface] Parameters process-number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and the name of the VRF to display neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
PAGE 1165
Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.1 NetworkType BROADCAST, Cost: 1, Passive: No Transmit Delay is 100 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Interface is using OSPF global mode BFD configuration. Designated router on this network is 11.1.1.
PAGE 1166
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF on all platforms ( Except MXL and STOMP ) 9.1.(0.
PAGE 1167
Associated Interface : Te 1/3/1 Restart Interval : 180 Restart Reason : Switch to Redundant Processor Example (databasesummary) Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1168
Ext LSA Count 0 Rte Max Eq Cost Paths 10 GR grace-period 180 GR mode planned and unplanned Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inte
PAGE 1169
Area 1 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 63.114.8.36 Pri 1 State FULL/DR Dead Time 00:00:37 Interface ID 4 Te 1/4/1 show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis.
PAGE 1170
Example Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 neighbor gi 1/2 Neighbor ID 63.114.8.36 Pri State 1 FULL/DR Dead Time 00:00:38 Interface 4 ID Interface Gi 1/2 Interface ID Interface Te 1/2 Interface ID Interface Te 1/2/1 Dell# Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 neighbor gi 1/2 Neighbor ID 63.114.8.
PAGE 1171
39 PE Console Commands To configure a C1048P port extender from an attached PE console, you can use the following commands. Use these commands when the port extender cannot connect to a C9010. You can also enter the PE console commands to debug an error condition in a PE stack.
PAGE 1172
• • • • • • • offline online power-cycle show control-bridge status show system telnet-peer-stack-unit upgrade system diag Run offline diagnostics on all stack-units. C9000 Series Syntax diag {stack-unit unit-number} [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] [interactive] [testname name] [terminate] Parameters stack-unit unitnumber Enter the stack-unit value to run offline diagnostic test on a specified stack-unit. The stack-unit range is 0 to 7.
PAGE 1173
The filename of the TestReport is:TestReport-SU-Stack-Unit-Number-PE-pe-idYear_Month_Day_Unique-Tag.txt, where SU identifies the PE stack-unit on which the offline diag test was run, Year_Month_Day is a timestamp to identify when the offline diag test was run for that unit, and the Unique Tag is to identify that specific diag test. Diag test reports on PE are not overwritten. Offline diag test reports for PE are stored in the following directory: flash://default_diag_report_dir.
PAGE 1174
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. Usage Information Use this command to make the port extender offline and run offline diagnostics tests. After this command is issued, a warning message appears cautioning you about bringing down all the protocols and turning down the PE unit operationally during the diagnostics tests.
PAGE 1175
power-cycle Power-cycle the port extender (PE) stack-unit from the PE console C9000 Series Syntax Parameters power-cycle stack-unit {unit-number | all } unit-number Enter a stack-unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. all Enter all to power-cycle all the stack-units. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1176
Csp Sess Status : UP Active CB : YES Uplink LAG : Port-channel 257 LAG Admin Status : UP LAG Oper Status : UP -------------------------------Status Reason RPM-Id PE-Id -------------------------------Online 0 255 Usage Information Use the show control-bridge status command output information to debug the connectivity issues between the control bridge and port extender. show system Display the status of a specific stack-unit from the port extender (PE) console.
PAGE 1177
Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE (VE) Master priority : 2 Hardware Rev : 5.0 Num Ports : 52 Up Time : 2 wk, 0 day, 0 hr, 24 min Dell Networking OS Version : 1-0(0-4092) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : yes FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.3.1.
PAGE 1178
Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 1179
FIPS Mode Boot Flash Boot Selector Memory Size Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : disabled 3.1.1.2 3.1.0.
PAGE 1180
--------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 18528 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2 Speed -------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up up 19275 up 19275 1 2 absent 1 3 up up 19275 up 18904 Speed in RPM telnet-peer-stack-unit Connect through Telnet to a peer stack-unit from a port extender (PE) console. C9000 Series Syntax telnet-peer-stack-unit Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1181
Session terminated for user admin on line vty 0 ( Unit 3 ) Closed connection. Dell#Jun 24 10:14:29: %PE-UNKN-UNIT2-S:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user admin on line vty0 ( Unit 3 ) upgrade system Upgrade the Dell Networking OS image to the stack-unit.
PAGE 1182
Example 1182 Dell# upgrade system stack-unit 0 usbflash://FTOS-C1048.bin rpmA: 00:39:32 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 51. Received block num: 50 !00:39:36 : Discarded 1 pkts. Expected block num : 65. Received block num: 64 !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!..! ...........!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully.
PAGE 1183
40 PE Stacking Use the commands in this chapter to configure and manage C1048P port-extender (PE) stacking. Stacking is not supported on C9010 switches. For information about using the PE stacking feature, see the “Port Extender (PE) Stacking” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the C9000 Series. You can use the commands to pre-configure a port extender, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to the chassis.
PAGE 1184
reset Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE stack-unit. C9000 Series Syntax reset {linecard slot-id | rpm slot id [hard] | pe pe-id [stack-unit unitnumber]} From a PE console, use reset stack-unit unit-number [hard] to reset the stack-unit. Parameters linecard slot-id Enter the keyword linecard and the slot-id number to specify the set of line-card ports for reset. The slot ID range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 1185
Jun 24 15:28:24: Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot Jun 24 15:28:28: inserted in slot 16 Example: pe stack-unit Related Commands %RPM1-P:CP %CHMGR-5-LINECARD_UP: linecard 0 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port 0 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port 4 %C9000LC0640:0 %IFAGT-5-INSERT_OPTICS_QSFP: 0 port is up Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Optics QSFP Dell#reset stack-unit 2 Dell#Jun 24 15:19:52: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_RESET: stack-unit 2
PAGE 1186
show pe system Display information on all the system components of a port extender on a stack. C9000 Series Syntax show pe pe-id system [ brief | stack-port [status | topology] | stack-unit unit number ] Parameters pe-id Enter the port extender ID pe-id to view the port extender system status and details. Range is from 0 to 255. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a short summary of the port extender system status.
PAGE 1187
-- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type ---- ---- ------- -------1 0 up AC 1 1 absent -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus ----- ---- ---------1 0 up FanStatus ---------NA NA Fan0 -----up Speed -----9056 FanSpeed(rpm) -------------NA NA Fan1 ----up Speed -------9056 Speed in RPM Dell# Dell#show pe 1 system brief Stack MAC : 6c:c0:00:43:09:90 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ---- ---------- -----------0 Standby not present 1 Management online 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Member not pr
PAGE 1188
4/1 4/2 5/1 5/2 6/1 6/2 7/1 7/2 Example: stack port topology Example: stackunit unit-number 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up up Dell#show pe 253 system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection --------- ----------0/1 2/51 0/2 1/50 1/50 0/51 1/51 2/50 2/50 1/51 2/51 0/50 Dell#show pe 1 system stack-unit 1 -- Unit 1 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Current Type : C1048P - 48-port GE Mast
PAGE 1189
show hardware pe Display input and output traffic statistics and other operational information about a specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show hardware pe pe-id stack-unit unit number {cpu | drops | stack-port | unit} pe pe-id stack unit Enter pe pe-id stack-unit unit number parameters with a command option to unit-number display hardware statistics from the specified port extender (PE) and stack-unit.
PAGE 1190
Example (Port Extender Statistics) Example (PE Stack-Port: Drops) 1190 PE Stacking Dell>show hardware pe 0 stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics bc pci driver statistics for device: rxHandle :15451 noMhdr :0 noMbuf :0 noClus :0 recvd :15451 dropped :0 recvToNet :15451 rxError :0 rxFwdError :0 rxDatapathErr :0 rxPkt(COS0 ) :0 rxPkt(COS1 ) :0 rxPkt(COS2 ) :0 rxPkt(COS3 ) :0 rxPkt(COS4 ) :0 rxPkt(COS5 ) :0 rxPkt(COS6 ) :9304 rxPkt(COS7 ) :3 rxPkt(COS8 ) :6144 rxPkt(COS9 ) :0 rxPkt(COS10) :0 rxPkt(COS11) :
PAGE 1191
HOL DROPS on COS3 HOL DROPS on COS4 HOL DROPS on COS5 Related Commands : 0 : 0 : 0 clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show system — displays the current status of all the stack members or a specific member. stack unit Pre-provision the specified port-extender stack unit.
PAGE 1192
N2048-PE N2048P-PE N3024-PE N3024F-PE N3024P-PE N3048-PE N3048P-PE Dell(conf-pe-201)# Example (stack unit type) 52-port 52-port 28-port 28-port 28-port 52-port 52-port GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE GE/TE Dell(conf-pe-5)#stack-unit 4 type C1048P Dell(conf-pe-5)# show config ! pe provision 5 stack-unit 4 type C1048P Related Commands 1192 PE Stacking • • redundancy force-failover — Force the standby unit to become the primary or master unit reset — Reset or reboot the linecard, RPM, PE and PE sta
PAGE 1193
41 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
PAGE 1194
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1195
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.73f7 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32773 (priority 32768 sys-id-ext 5), Address 0001.e832.
PAGE 1196
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree pvst Dell(conf-pvst)#no disable Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 Dell(conf-pvst)#vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell(conf-pvst)# Dell(conf-pvst)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree pvst no disable vlan 2 bridge-priority 4096 vlan 3 bridge-priority 16384 Dell# Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports.
PAGE 1197
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries TeraScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.
PAGE 1198
Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1199
Example (Guard) Related Commands Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 guard Interface Name Instance Sts Guard type ----------------------------------Te 0/1 5 INCON(Root) Rootguard Te 0/2 5 FWD Loopguard Te 0/3 5 EDS(Shut) Bpduguard spanning-tree pvst — configure PVST+ on an interface.
PAGE 1200
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, CSeries, and S-Series. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced.
PAGE 1201
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1202
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, the system implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+. This implementation helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1203
vlan forward-delay Set the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. C9000 Series Syntax vlan vlan-range forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no vlan forward-delay command. Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1204
Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1205
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before the system transitions to the forwarding state. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
PAGE 1206
42 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 PIM Commands IPv4 PIM-Source Specific Mode Commands IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
PAGE 1207
to download multicast routes learned by the peer. Both local and synced routes are removed from the local VLT node multicast route table. The peer VLT node clears synced routes from the node. If you use this command on a peer VLT node, only the synced routes are deleted from the multicast route table. debug ip pim View IP PIM debugging messages.
PAGE 1208
ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number. The range is from 0 to 4294967294. The default is 1. INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1209
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
PAGE 1210
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim interface Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1211
172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 Te Te Te Te Te Te 0/9 0/11 0/16 1/5 1/6 1/7 v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S v2/S 0 0 1 0 0 0 30 30 30 30 30 30 1 1 1 1 1 1 172.21.200.254 172.60.1.2 192.3.1.1 192.4.1.1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1212
Address Prio/Mode↵ 127.87.3.4 Te 1/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 1 / S↵ show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). C9000 Series Syntax show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1213
Field Description Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. Example RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source.
PAGE 1214
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1215
Example Version Description 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1216
43 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast sparse-mode (PIM-SM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1217
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1218
state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • • • • assert: to view the assertion timer hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) register: to view the register suppression timer Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1219
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command is applied to the subsequent PIM-BSR. Existing BSR advertisements are cleaned up by time-out. To clean the candidate RP advertisements, use the clear ip pim rp-mapping command. ip pim bsr-candidate To join the Bootstrap election process, configure the PIM router.
PAGE 1220
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the VLAN interface. ip pim dr-priority Change the designated router (DR) priority for the interface. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim dr-priority priority-value To remove the DR priority value assigned, use the no ip pim dr-priority command. Parameters priority-value Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Enter a number. Preference is given to larger/higher number.
PAGE 1221
restart-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-time followed by the number of seconds estimated for the PIM speaker to restart. The range is 30 to 300 seconds. The default is 180 seconds. stale-entry-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stale-entry-time followed by the number of seconds for which entries are kept alive after restart. The range is 30 to 300 seconds. The default is 60 seconds. Defaults as above Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1222
Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the in and out parameters. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1223
ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1224
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1225
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim rp-address address {group-address groupaddress mask} [vrf vrf-name] [override] command. Parameters address Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1226
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim rp-candidate {interface [priority]}[vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1227
Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE (BATCH Mode) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1228
Usage Information This command is applicable to last hop routers on the shared tree towards the rendezvous point (RP). ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer Enable expiry timers globally for all sources. C9000 Series Syntax ip pim sparse-mode sg-expiry-timer seconds To disable configured timers and return to default mode, use the no ip pim sparse-mode sg-expirytimer command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries are retained. The range is from 211 to 65535. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1229
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1230
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires).
PAGE 1231
Field Description Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), of the interfaces participating in PIM. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number and mode for each interface participating in PIM: • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of PIM neighbors discovered over this interface. Query Intvl Displays the query interval for Router Query messages on that interface (configured with ip pim query-interval command).
PAGE 1232
Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor. Interface List the interface type, with either slot/port information or ID (VLAN or Port Channel), on which the PIM neighbor was found. Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number.
PAGE 1233
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell#show ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.87.20.4 224.2.217.146 165.87.20.4 224.3.3.3 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 Dell# Example (Mapping) Dell#show ip pim rp mapping PIM Group-to-RP Mappings Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4, Static RP: 50.40.4.4, v2 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#show ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.
PAGE 1234
Field Description Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • • v2 = PIM version 2 S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface. DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim drpriority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface.
PAGE 1235
PIM TIB version 495 Uptime 22:44:52 Entries in PIM-TIB/MFC : 2/2 Active Modes : PIM-SNOOPING Interface 1 0 3 summary: active PIM interface passive PIM interfaces active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-R
PAGE 1236
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table.
PAGE 1237
Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.2), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never show running-config pim Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config pim Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1238
44 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1239
Version Description 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information You can apply any number of redirect-groups to an interface. A redirect list can contain any number of configured rules. These rules include the next-hop IP address where the incoming traffic is redirected. If the next hop address is reachable, traffic is forwarded to the specified next hop. Otherwise, the normal routing table is used to forward traffic.
PAGE 1240
permit Configure a permit rule. A permit rule excludes the matching packets from PBR classification and routes them using conventional routing. C9000 Series Syntax permit {ip-protocol-number | protocol-type} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operators] To remove the rule, use one of the following: • • Parameters If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command.
PAGE 1241
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1242
source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1243
ip-address Enter the keyword IP address of the forwarding router. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1244
Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1245
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048–ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
PAGE 1246
45 Port Extenders (PE) To configure a C1048P port extender (PE) attached to a C9010, use the commands in this chapter from the C9010 console. Important Points to Remember • You can perform the following tasks using the commands described in this chapter: • • • Provisioning a Port Extender • Managing a Port Extender • PE Stacking You must configure the feature extended-bridge command to turn on support for PE configuration on a C9010. The GVRP and FRRP protocols are not supported on the PE ports.
PAGE 1247
Slot number range is from 0 to 9. In linecard slots 0 to 9, the range of port numbers is from 0 to 23. peer Default None Command Modes PE CONFIGURATION Enter peer to configure the VLT peer in a dual-homing setup. This parameter is available only in the Configuration Terminal Batch Mode. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command-Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1248
Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Dell#clear pe 4 statistics connect pe Connect to a port extender (PE) through Telnet.
PAGE 1249
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information This command enables support for the 802.
PAGE 1250
Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1251
DELL(conf-pe-10)#stack-unit 0 type c1048P Related Commands • • stack-unit – add or delete a specified port extender stack-unit. show pe —display the port extender status and details. pe provision Logically provision or add a port extender (PE). C9000 Series Syntax pe provision pe-id To de-provision or delete a port extender, use the no pe provision pe-id command.
PAGE 1252
DELL(conf-pe-0)# DELL(conf-pe-0)# DELL(conf-pe-0)# DELL(conf-pe-0)# Related Commands • • • cascade interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/14-15 description Test stack-unit 0 description first stack-unit 1 description second feature extended-bridge stack unit show pe show config Display the PE provision configuration details. C9000 Series Syntax show config Command Modes PE CONFIG (conf-pe-pe-id) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1253
pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe keyword and specify a port extender ID number. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Default None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1254
peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE 1254 P
PAGE 1255
peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE peGigE 255/3/18 255/3/19 255/3/20 255/3/21 255/3/22 255/3/23 255/3/24 255/3/25 255/3/26 255/3/27 255/3/28 255/3/29 255/3/30 255/3/31 255/3/32 255/3/33 255/3/34 255/3/35 255/3/36 255/3/37 255/3/38 255/3/39 255/3/40 255/3/41 255/3/42 255/3/43 255/3/44 255/3/45 255/3/46 255/3/47 255/3/48 363 364 365 36
PAGE 1256
SVM - Software Version Mismatch, UE - Unknown Error Offline Reason: UNP - Unit Not Present, ICE - IPC CP Error, IRE - IPC RP Error ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 0 Status: online System Mac: f8:b1:56:82:d4:ed PE Up Time: 22:12:35 PE Description: abc123 PE Discovery Status: Provisioned PE User Configured Cascade Ports: Te 0/14(A),Te 0/15(A) Cascade LAG: Po 258(Up), Local Status: Up, Remote Status: Up PE Configuration: Local Status: Present, Remote Status: Present ---------
PAGE 1257
show pe csp Display the control and status protocol (CSP) session information for the port extenders. C9000 Series Syntax show pe CSP Default None Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privileged The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1258
Example Dell#show pe errors PE-id: Not Assigned PE MAC: f8:b1:56:00:01:04 Interface Errors: TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 - Error State Dell#show pe 9 Codes: A - Active, I - Inactive Reason: CTM - Card Type Mismatch, CAM - CAM ACL Mismatch SVM - Software Version Mismatch, UE - Unknown Error Offline Reason: UNP - Unit Not Present, ICE - IPC CP Error, IRE - IPC RP Error ISE - IPC Setup Error, CVE - Card Validation Error PE-ID assigned: 9 Status: online System Mac: f8:b1:56:00:01:28 PE Up Time: 08:36:56 PE Discover
PAGE 1259
CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_IN_PROGRESS_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is in progress Apr 5 06:48:28: %RPM1-P:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: PeGi 184/0/1 Apr 5 06:48:28: %RPM1-P:CP %CLIBATCH-6-CLI_BATCH_CONFIG_COMPLETE_TRAP: Batch configuration commit is success Dell(conf-b)#interface peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-pegi-184/0/1)#switchport Dell(conf-b-if-pegi-184/0/1)#int vla 1000 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-1000)#tagged peGigE 184/0/1 Dell(conf-b-if-vl-1000)#commit Dell(conf-b)#Apr 5 06:48:47: %RP
PAGE 1260
import peer-config Use import peer-config to import the common configurations from the peer chassis. C9000 Series Syntax import peer-config Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1261
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage Information Use show running-config local to view only the configurations corresponding to the local chassis. Example Dell#show running-config local Current Configuration ... ! Version 1-0(0-4370) ! Last configuration change at Tue Nov 3 09:56:27 2015 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary tftp://10.16.127.35/sys-vg-2 boot system rpm0 secondary tftp://10.16.127.36/sys-vg-2 boot system rpm0 default system: A: boot system rpm1 primary tftp://10.
PAGE 1262
show running-config common Use show running-config common to view the common configurations in the local system. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config common Default None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1263
Example Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Dell(conf-b)#show config interface vlan 10 interface vlan 20 no shutdown interface vlan 30 interface vlan 40 ip access-list standard stdacl1 Dell(conf-b)# Dell(conf-b)#show config user interface vlan 10 exit interface vlan 20 no shutdown exit interface vlan 30 exit interface vlan 40 exit ip access-list standard stdacl1 exit write memory local Use write memory local to save the local configurations to startup configuration.
PAGE 1264
Debugging Use the commands in this section to debug the port extender hardware. clear hardware system-flow pe Clear the system-flow statistics from the specified port extender hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax clear hardware system-flow pe pe-id stack-unit unit number port-set port-pipeid counters Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1265
1003 1002 1001 1000 999 998 997 996 995 994 993 992 991 990 989 988 987 986 985 984 983 982 981 980 979 978 977 976 975 974 973 LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP LLDP/LACP traffic traffic traffic traffic traffic traffic traffic traffic traffic
PAGE 1266
Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. and C1048P. Usage Information The show software pemgr command is supported on a C1048P console.
PAGE 1267
Serivce Name : IFMGR Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR 0 MType : 0x2a5c EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 5 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time :
PAGE 1268
MType : 0x2a32 EndPoint : CB EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 1 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR MType : 0x2a44 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCo
PAGE 1269
EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets DeQCount : : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x1c EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : DIAGMG
PAGE 1270
CB Total Total Total Total HIGH Examples: show software pemgr pe pe-id reg-client messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End 769 Point Point Point Point packets packets packets packets Service Id 0 1 2 Stack Unit 3 4 5 6 7 CHMGR 19 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 POEAGT 54 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACL 57 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACL_AGENT 58 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 IFAGT 71 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 DIFFSERV 90 1
PAGE 1271
AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR MType : 0x192 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x14e EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : PEMGR 0 MType : 0xb9f2 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 pack
PAGE 1272
ticks AVG Proc Time ticks : 0 ticks Serivce Name : IFMGR Max Proc Time : Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x2a3c EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x8a EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : IFMGR 0 MType : 0x2a3d EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks
PAGE 1273
ticks Serivce Name : SYSADMTSK : 0x21 EndPoint : CB DeQCount : MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time : 0 Service Id : 0x1c EndPoint : CB DeQCount : Serivce Name : DIAGMGR 0 MType : 0x1771 EnQCount packets Messages in Q : 0 packets : 0 packets AVG Q Proc Time : ticks AVG Proc Time : ticks 0 ticks Max Q Proc Time : 0 0 ticks Max Proc Time :
PAGE 1274
PE LOW 0 0 0 PE MEDIUM 880 880 0 PE HIGH 180 180 0 CB LOW 0 0 0 CB MEDIUM 1146 1145 1 CB HIGH 769 769 0 Total Total Total Total Example: show software pemgr reg-clients (PE Console) messages messages messages messages Enqueued Dequeued Enqueued Dequeued from from from from CB CB PE PE End End End End Point Point Point Point :1917 :1916 :1060 :1060 packets packets packets packets Dell#show software pemgr reg-clients Manager - Agent Registration Status ------------------
PAGE 1275
advertise dot3-tlv Configure the system or an interface to advertise IEEE 802.3at extended power-via-mdi. C9000 Series Syntax advertise dot3-tlv power-via-mdi To remove the advertised dot3–tlv, use the no advertise dot3–tlv power-via-mdi command Parameters power-via-mdi Enter the keyword power—via-mdi to advertise IEEE 802.3at power-via-mdi TLV. Defaults Disabled Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1276
When the advertise med power-via-mdi command is enabled in CONFIGURATION mode, advertisement is enabled for all the interfaces in a system. To enable advertisement for a specific interface, configure the command in INTERFACE configuration mode. Port extender (PE) processes and advertises LLDP power-via-MDI TLVs when the LLDP advertisement of the TLV is enabled on the PE in class power management mode. Incoming LLDP messages are processed only when the PE is in class power management mode.
PAGE 1277
threshold-value Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the power threshold limit value in percentage. Range is from 10 to 99%. Default value is 99%. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1278
Command Modes INTERFACE CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. Usage information The power inline [max_milliwatts} command enables inline power supply to an interface.
PAGE 1279
Command Modes CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010.
PAGE 1280
The following examples show power management mode, “class” configured for the port extender 255. Example Dell(conf)#power inline mode pe 0 stack-unit 0 static Dell#show power inline pe 0 stack-unit 0 Global inline power Threshold : Power Reserved for inline Power: Total Inline Power Consumed: Remaining inline power Available: Power Management Mode: Interface LLDP Support Inline Power Max / Alloc (Watts) ----------------------------PeGi 0/0/0 30.00/0.
PAGE 1281
Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is 0–255. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number. Range is 0–7. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1282
show power inline Display the PoE power allocation on a specified port extender. C9000 Series Syntax show power inline {pe pe-id stack-unit unit number | interface interface } Parameters pe pe-id Enter the keyword pe and the port extender ID. Range is from 0 to 255. stack-unit unit Enter the keyword stack-unit and the stack unit number Range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1283
Global inline power Threshold : Power Reserved for inline Power: Total Inline Power Consumed: Remaining inline power Available: Power Management Mode: Interface LLDP Support Inline Power Max / Alloc (Watts) ----------------------------PeGi 255/0/0 30.00/21.40 low 0 99 1612W 21W 1580W Class Inline Power Class Device PoE Port Type Priority -------- Consumed (Watts) ------------ ------- ------ 21.50 4 2 show power detail Display the inline power consumption details for a port extender.
PAGE 1284
stack-unit unitnumber Enter the keyword stack-unit and the unit number. Range is from 0 to 7. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P.
PAGE 1285
46 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1286
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session. erpm Configure the source and destination IP address for ERPM traffic.
PAGE 1287
To delete all monitor sessions, use the no monitor session all command. Parameters session-ID Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. type rpm | erpm Specifies one of the following type: • • Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION rpm: to create remote port monitoring session. erpm: to create encapsulated remote port monitoring session. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1288
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1289
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1290
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload. Example Related Commands Dell(conf-mon-sess-0)#do show running-config monitor session ! monitor session 0 source Port-channel 10 destination TenGigabitEthernet 0/33 direction tx ! monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session.
PAGE 1291
interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • • • • direction {rx | tx | both} For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN and a vlan-id number. Range is from 1 to 4094. For a port channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel amd a the portchannel ID.
PAGE 1292
47 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software. Private VLANs extend the system security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, see the following commands. The command output is augmented in the Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1293
ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip local-proxy-arp To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip localproxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1294
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
PAGE 1295
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The list of secondary VLANs can be: Related Commands • • • Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format. Specified with this command even before they have been created.
PAGE 1296
Usage Information This command has two types of display — a list of all PVLAN interfaces or for a specific interface. Examples of both types of output are shown below. The following describes the show interfaces private-vlan command shown in the examples below. Field Description Interface Displays the type of interface and associated slot and port number. Vlan Displays the VLAN ID of the designated interface. PVLAN-Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the designated interface resides.
PAGE 1297
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.
PAGE 1298
Example (Community) Example (Interface) Example (Mapping) Dell# show vlan private-vlan community Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- ------ ----------10 primary Yes Te 2/1,3 101 community Yes Te 2/7-10 20 primary Yes Po 10, 12-13 Te 1/1 201 community No 202 community Yes Te 1/11-12 Dell# show vlan private-vlan interface te 2/1 Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- -------------------10 primary Yes Te 2/1 Dell# show vlan private-vlan mapping Private Vl
PAGE 1299
trunk Enter the keyword trunk to configure the selected port or port channel as a trunk port in a PVLAN. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1300
48 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
PAGE 1301
Usage Information By default, when rate policing and shaping, the system does not include the Preamble, SFD, or the IFG fields. These fields are overhead; only the fields from MAC destination address to the CRC are used for forwarding and are included in these rate metering calculations. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to enable the QoS rate adjustment in a dual-homing setup. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
PAGE 1302
Parameters Defaults dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • • Command Modes Enter a dot1p list number and value. The list number range is from 0 to 7. The range is from 0 to 7. Dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Queue: 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1303
Command Modes dot1p Queue ID 6 6 7 7 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1304
Parameters service-class Define the mapping between the service class and policy-based QoS or routing. wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue. yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue. queue 0 to queue 7 Specify the queue number to which the WRED parameters apply. number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15.
PAGE 1305
wred Specify WRED curve parameters for a queue. green Specify green (low) drop precedence to a queue. weight Specify a weight factor to a queue yellow Specify yellow (medium) drop precedence to a queue pool0 Service-pool buffer 1 (default service-pool for PFC traffic) pool1 Service-pool buffer 0 (default service-pool for lossy traffic) number Enter a weight for the queue as a number in the range of 1 to 15. This parameter applies only if you specify the green or yellow drop precedence.
PAGE 1306
ecn Cause explicit congestion notification (ECN) to be used to indicate network congestion, rather than dropping packets, queues-list Enter the queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen queue-list Enter the port-queue numbers, either as individual queue numbers separated by commas or as an inclusive list separating the starting and ending queue numbers with a hyphen; for example, service-cla
PAGE 1307
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1308
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue. When you set the priority for a port channel, the physical interfaces assigned to the port channel are configured with the same value.
PAGE 1309
On one interface, you can configure the rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate police command for an interface. For each physical interface, you can configure three rate police commands specifying different VLANS. Related Commands rate-police — specifies traffic policing on the selected interface. rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface.
PAGE 1310
Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps. These maps classify unicast traffic into one of four classes. The system allows you to match multiple class maps and specify multiple match criteria. Policy-based QoS is not supported on logical interfaces, such as port-channels, VLANs, or loopbacks. bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue.
PAGE 1311
Command History Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information Only the software-based trigger for retrieving and calculating the snapshots of the statistical counters of the buffer space is supported.
PAGE 1312
Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2.
PAGE 1313
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy.
PAGE 1314
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). C9000 Series Syntax match ip access-group access-group-name [set-ip-dscp value] To remove ACL match criteria from a class map, use the no match ip access-group access-groupname [set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters access-groupname Enter the ACL name whose contents are used as the match criteria in determining if packets belong to the class the class-map specifies.
PAGE 1315
Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic. ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP values that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 63. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value.
PAGE 1316
match ip precedence Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. C9000 Series Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [set-ip-dscp value | set-color value ] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, use the no match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value| set-color value command. Parameters ip Enter the keyword ip to support IPv4 traffic. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to support IPv6 traffic.
PAGE 1317
Up to eight precedence values can be matched in one match statement. For example, to indicate the IP precedence values 0 1 2 3, enter either the match ip precedence 0-3 or match ip precedence 0,1,2,3 command. NOTE: Only one of the IP precedence values must be a successful match criterion, not all of the specified IP precedence values must match. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip vlan Uses a VLAN as the match criterion for an L3 class map.
PAGE 1318
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Available on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for the DSCP Marking option. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria.
PAGE 1319
match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
PAGE 1320
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information An aggregate output QoS policy applies to all outbound port traffic. An aggregate output QoS policy can coexist with per-queue output QoS policies. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
PAGE 1321
Version Description 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The input policy map is used to classify incoming traffic to different flows using class-map, QoS policy, or incoming packets DSCP. This command enables Policy-Map-Input Configuration mode (conf-policy-map-in). When you configure an input policy map for CoPP, you must enter the keyword cpu-qos. Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to create an input policy map in a dual-homing setup.
PAGE 1322
qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. C9000 Series Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name [layer2] [cpu-qos] To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policy-input qos-policyname [layer2] [cpu-qos] command. Parameters qos-policy-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
PAGE 1323
qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. C9000 Series Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qos-policy-name command. Parameters qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum). CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1324
burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 16 to 200000. The default is 100. peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committedrate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committedrate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option.
PAGE 1325
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(1.0) Added support for packets-per-second and committed rate. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1326
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7.
PAGE 1327
Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1328
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map.
PAGE 1329
Usage Information This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. There are eight queues per interface on the Z9500. Related Commands • • • class-map— identifies the class map. service-policy input— applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output— applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value.
PAGE 1330
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1331
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (IPv4) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series only: Added Trust IPv6 diffserv. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1332
show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qos-policyinput qos-policy-name] Parameters policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policy-input Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1333
show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policyname] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. qos-policy-name Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1334
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1335
Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show qos statistics {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] wred-profile interface Enter the keywords wred-profile and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • interface For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1336
DELL#show qos statistics wred-profile peGigE 0/1/1 Interface peGigE 0/1/1 Drop-statistic Dropped Pkts Green 0 Yellow 0 Out of Profile 0 show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. C9000 Series Syntax show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name Parameters wred-profile-name Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1337
Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. max number Enter the keyword max then the maximum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 0 to 12000KB. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1338
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added fallback to the E-Series. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1339
Enter the keyword green for green traffic. A DSCP value of xxx0xx maps to green. profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. Defaults none Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1340
taken based on the packet drop probability. The probability that a packet is dropped depends on the minimum threshold, maximum threshold, and mark probability denominator. Example Dell(conf-qos-policy-out)# wred weight 5 wred ecn To indicate network congestion without dropping packets, use explicit congestion notification (ECN). C9000 Series Syntax wred ecn To stop marking packets, use the no wred ecn command.
PAGE 1341
Parameters wred-profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. You can configure up to 26 WRED profiles plus the five pre-defined profiles, for a total of 31 WRED profiles. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults The five pre-defined WRED profiles. When you configure a new profile, the minimum and maximum threshold defaults to predefined wred_ge_g values.
PAGE 1342
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. DSCP Color Map Commands The DSCP color map allows you to set the number of specific DSCP values to yellow or red. Traffic marked as yellow delivers traffic to the egress queue which will either transmit the packet if it has available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send.
PAGE 1343
• Example Related Commands Each color map can only have one list of DSCP values for each color; any DSCP values previously listed for that color that are not in the new DSCP list are colored green. Dell(conf-dscp-color-map)# dscp yellow 9,10,11,13,15,16 qos dscp-color-map — configures the DSCP color map qos dscp-color-policy— configures a DSCP color policy qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map.
PAGE 1344
qos dscp-color-policy Associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map. C9000 Series Syntax dscp-color-policy color-map-profile-name To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp-color-policy color-map-profile-name command. Parameters color-map-profile- Enter the color map profile name. The name can have a maximum of 32 characters.
PAGE 1345
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display all DSCP color maps. Dell# show qos dscp-color-map Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Display a specific DSCP color map. Dell# show qos dscp-color-map mapTWO Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Related Commands qos dscp-color-map— Configures a DSCP color map.
PAGE 1346
49 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
PAGE 1347
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. C9000 Series Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1348
Example Dell#debug spanning-tree rstp bpdu tengigabitethernet 2/0 ? in Receive (in) out Transmit (out) description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.
PAGE 1349
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch.
PAGE 1350
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). C9000 Series Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1351
Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds that the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1352
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, use the no disable command from RSTP mode. Example Related Commands Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree rstp Dell(config-rstp)##no disable disable — disables RSTP globally on the system. show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed.
PAGE 1353
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1354
Example (EDS, LBK) NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1355
bpduguard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority. The range is from 0 to 240.
PAGE 1356
• • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. On the port extender (PE) ports and on VP-LAGs (LAGs created with PE): • • Example Spanning-tree with BPDU guard shutdown-on-violation is enabled as a default setting. No spanning tree command is valid.
PAGE 1357
50 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1358
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1359
Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON group of statistics. The integer value must be a unique index in the RMON history table. owner name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to record the owner of the RMON group of statistics.
PAGE 1360
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1361
rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. C9000 Series Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command. Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.
PAGE 1362
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. C9000 Series Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1363
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.
PAGE 1364
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon event 1 RMON event entry 1 description: 1 event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1365
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 1 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times.
PAGE 1366
Example (Index) Example (Brief) Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1367
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The log table has a maximum of 500 entries. If the log exceeds that maximum, the oldest log entry is purged to allow room for the new entry.
PAGE 1368
packets dropped: 0 bytes received: 0 packets received: 0 broadcast packets: 0 multicast packets: 0 CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes pack
PAGE 1369
51 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2). The implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1370
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9.(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1371
To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and ID as one of the following: • • • • • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1372
route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.
PAGE 1373
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol. C9000 Series Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1374
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x). prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name. Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1375
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.29.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list.
PAGE 1376
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configures a prefix list. ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value.
PAGE 1377
To return to the default, use the no ip rip receive version command. Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1378
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command. Related Commands ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version for the interface to receive traffic.
PAGE 1379
maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. C9000 Series Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1380
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible.
PAGE 1381
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. C9000 Series Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1382
output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. C9000 Series Syntax output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, use the no output-delay command. Parameters delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. The range is from 8 to 50. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1383
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1384
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
PAGE 1385
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. C9000 Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to redistribute. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1386
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1387
passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
PAGE 1388
[50/2] via 210.250.40.0/24 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 207.250.53.0/24 208.250.42.0/24 [50/2] via [50/2] via [50/2] via 208.250.42.0/24 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 1.1.10.2, 00:00:18, Vlan 10 auto-summary show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration.
PAGE 1389
timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. C9000 Series Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command. Parameters update Enter the number of seconds to specify the rate at which RIP routing updates are sent. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1390
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. C9000 Series Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The system sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1391
52 Security This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • • • • • • • • • AAA Accounting Commands Authorization and Privilege Commands Obscure Password Command Authentication and Password Commands RADIUS Commands TACACS+ Commands Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1392
aaa authorization role-only Configure authentication to use the user’s role only when determining if access to commands is permitted. C9000 Syntax aaa authorization role-only To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication role-only command. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1393
deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator. reset Enter the keyword reset to reset all roles back to default for that command. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords.
PAGE 1394
show userroles Display information on all defined user roles. C9000 Syntax show userroles Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL.
PAGE 1395
Consider the following when creating a user role: • • Only the system administrator and user-defined roles inherited from the system administrator can create roles and usernames. Only the system administrator, security administrator, and roles inherited from these can use the role command to modify command permissions. The security administrator and roles inherited by security administrator can only modify permissions for commands they already have access to.
PAGE 1396
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Added support for roles on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1397
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4280T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1398
Example Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following example configures accounting for the role secadmin using default Dell(conf-vty-0)# accounting commands role secadmin default Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user.
PAGE 1399
Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters authorization {exec | commands {level | role role-name}} method-list exec Enter the keyword exec to apply an EXEC level authorization method list.
PAGE 1400
Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands {level | role role-name} {name|default} {local | tacacs+ | none} command. Parameters commands level Enter the keyword commands then the command privilege level for command level authorization. role role-name Enter the keyword role then the role name. name Define a name for the list of authorization methods. default Define the default list of authorization methods.
PAGE 1401
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands.
PAGE 1402
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. C9000 Series Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1403
To delete access to a terminal line, use the no privilege level level command. Parameters level level Enter the keyword level then a number for the access level. The range is from 0 to 15. Level 1 is EXEC mode and Level 15 allows access to all CLI modes. Defaults level = 15 Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1404
... method2 (OPTIONAL) In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method. Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1405
• • • • • • ... method4 enable: use the password the enable password command defines in CONFIGURATION mode. Not available if role-only is in use. line: use the password the password command defines in LINE mode. Not available if role-only is in use. local: use the password for the userid contained in the local password database. none: no authentication. Not available if role-only is in use. radius: use the RADIUS servers configured with the radius-server host command.
PAGE 1406
tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. aaa reauthenticate enable Enable re-authentication of user whenever there is a change in the authenticators. Syntax aaa reauthenticate enable To disable the re-authentication option, use the no aaa reauthenticate enable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1407
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. line — applies an authentication method list to the designated terminal lines.
PAGE 1408
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • • Start with a letter, not a number. Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression.
PAGE 1409
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. C9000 Series Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
PAGE 1410
password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1411
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1412
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The software prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is "line". Related Commands enable password — sets the password for the enable command. login authentication — configures an authentication method to log in to the switch. service password-encryption — encrypts all passwords configured in the system.
PAGE 1413
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced the lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
PAGE 1414
passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication by obscuring this information. Passwords and keys are stored encrypted in the configuration file and by default are displayed in the encrypted form when the configuration is displayed. Enabling the service obscurepasswords command displays asterisks instead of the encrypted passwords and keys. This command prevents a user from reading these passwords and keys by obscuring this information with asterisks.
PAGE 1415
secure-cli enable Enable the secured CLI mode. Syntax secure-cli enable Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced this command. Usage Information The secured CLI mode prevents the users from enhancing the permissions or promoting the privilege levels. After entering the command, save the running-configuration.
PAGE 1416
Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged into the switch, including privilege level and or user role. C9000 Series Syntax show users [all] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1417
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. C9000 Series Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • • • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1418
password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption-type or the password. encryption-type Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter. • • • 0 directs the system to store the password as clear text. It is the default encryption type when using the password option. 7 to indicate that a password encrypted using a DES hashing algorithm follows. This encryption type is available with the password option only.
PAGE 1419
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. aaa radius auth-method Configure the authentication method to use with RADIUS for user access. Syntax aaa radius auth-method {pap | mschapv2} To undo the RADIUS authentication method configuration, use the no aaa radius auth-method command. Parameters pap Enter the keyword pap to use the Password Authentication Protocol (PAP) for RADIUS authentication.
PAGE 1420
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command.
PAGE 1421
radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. C9000 Series Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. The range is from 0 to 2147483647 seconds. The default is 0 seconds.
PAGE 1422
key [encryptiontype] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key then an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. The RADIUS host server uses this authentication key and the RADIUS daemon operating on this switch. For the encryption-type, enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1423
Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • • key 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. Enter a string that is the key to be exchanged between the switch and RADIUS servers. It can be up to 42 characters long. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1424
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host.
PAGE 1425
TACACS+ Commands The Dell Networking OS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. debug tacacs+ To assist with troubleshooting, view TACACS+ transactions. C9000 Series Syntax debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, use the no debug tacacs+ command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1426
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
PAGE 1427
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times.
PAGE 1428
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The key configured with this command must match the key configured on the TACACS+ daemon. Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected.
PAGE 1429
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1430
max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1431
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1432
dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass. If 802.1X times out because the host did not respond to the Identity Request frame, the system attempts to authenticate the host based on its MAC address. C9000 Series Syntax [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1433
Related Commands Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | force-unauthorized} force-authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result.
PAGE 1434
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.
PAGE 1435
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1436
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out. C9000 Series Syntax dot1x supplicant-timeout seconds To return to the default, use theno dot1x supplicant-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant.
PAGE 1437
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface.
PAGE 1438
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Auth Type: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# 10 Enable 11 3 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize SSH Server and SCP Commands The Dell Networking OS supports secure shell (SSH) protocol versions 1.5 and 2.0.
PAGE 1439
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S -Series and Z-Series switches. Usage Information The maximum number of characters allowed for the parameters, except the county-name, is 64.
PAGE 1440
NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa1 Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024>: 1024 Host key already exists. Do you want to replace. [y/n] :y Dell(conf)# Related Commands ip ssh server — enables the SSH server. show crypto — displays the SSH host public keys. crypto key zeroize rsa Removes the generated RSA host keys and zeroize the key storage location.
PAGE 1441
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Debug information includes details for key-exchange, authentication, and established session for each connection.
PAGE 1442
ip ssh authentication-retries Configure the maximum number of attempts that should be used to authenticate a user. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh authentication-retries 1-10 Parameters 1-10 Enter the number of maximum retries to authenticate a user. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 3. Defaults 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1443
NOTE: SSHv1 does not support challenge response authentication. ip ssh cipher Configure the list of ciphers supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax Parameters ip ssh cipher cipher-list cipher cipher-list Enter the keyword cipher and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH client supports. The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1444
Defaults 10 per minute Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.
PAGE 1445
• checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pub-key-file command. NOTE: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure hostbased authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key.
PAGE 1446
• • • • • Defaults hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 The default list of MAC algorithm is in the order as shown below: When FIPS mode is enabled: • • • hmac-sha2–256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 When FIPS mode is disabled: • • • • • hmac-sha2-256 hmac-sha1 hmac-sha1–96 hmac-md5 hmac-md5-96 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1447
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information With password authentication enabled, you can authenticate using the local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured. ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication.
PAGE 1448
Example Related Commands Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh pub-key-file flash://knownhosts Dell(conf)# show ip ssh client-pub-keys — displays the client-public keys used for the host-based authentication. ip ssh mac Configure the list of MAC algorithms supported on both SSH client and SCP. Syntax ip ssh mac mac-list Parameters mac mac-list Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of message authentication code (MAC) algorithms supported by the SSH client.
PAGE 1449
ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] command. Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes.
PAGE 1450
Example Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
PAGE 1451
ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) Add keys for the RSA authentication. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys WORD} To delete the authorized keys, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication {my-authorized-keys} command. Parameters my-authorizedkeys WORD Enter the keywords my-authorized-keys then the filename of the RSA authorizedkeys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1452
To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server {ciphers cipher-list} {enable | port port-number} [kex key-exchange-algorithm] [mac hmac-algorithm] [version {1 | 2}] command. Parameters enable Enter the key word enable to start the SSH server. ciphers cipher-list Enter the keyword ciphers and then a space-delimited list of ciphers that the SSH server supports. The following ciphers are available.
PAGE 1453
• diffie-hellman-group14-sha1 port port-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then the port number of the listening port of the SSH server. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 22. [version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • • • Default listening port is 22.
PAGE 1454
ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. C9000 Series Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1455
mypubkey Enter the keyword mypubkey to display the host public key. rsa Enter the keyword rsa to display the host SSHv2 RSA public key. rsa1 Enter the keyword rsa1 to display the host SSHv1 RSA public key. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, this parameter is not available. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1456
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Updated the output to include challenge–response–authentication option. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1457
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/knownhosts file. Example Dell#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.
PAGE 1458
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys.username file.
PAGE 1459
• • • aes128-ctr aes192-ctr aes256-ctr -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only): algorithm "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. • • • • • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. hmac-sha1-96: Force ssh to use hmac-sha1-96 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 1460
Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. Example Dell#ssh 10.11.8.12 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 clients only) -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version Dell#ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 1461
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally. C9000 Series Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1462
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1463
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1464
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.10(0.0) Introduced the Configuration Terminal Batch mode on C9010. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1465
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
PAGE 1466
NOTE: The Dell Networking OS does not suppress the ICMPv4 message type Echo request (8). Table 12.
PAGE 1467
53 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1468
count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1469
Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)#interface vlan 2 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#member Te 1/2-3 Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel stp Dell(conf-if-vl-2)#protocol-tunnel enable Related Command show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value.
PAGE 1470
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The system must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit Enable traffic rate limiting per box.
PAGE 1471
show protocol-tunnel Display protocol tunnel information for all or a specified VLAN-Stack VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show protocol-tunnel [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display information for the one VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1472
54 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1473
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. C9000 Series Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ip-address | ipv6address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1474
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded the no form of the command to mirror the syntax used to configure. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both.
PAGE 1475
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default.
PAGE 1476
sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. C9000 Series Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.
PAGE 1477
Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1478
Example Version Description 9.8(0.0P2) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. C9000 Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
PAGE 1479
Use this command in Configuration Terminal Batch mode to set the sFlow polling interval in a dual-homing setup. Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Interface) — sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) C9000 Series Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
PAGE 1480
Parameters value Defaults 32768 packets Command Modes CONFIGURATION Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example, 4096, 8192, 16384, and so on. The default is 32768 packets. CONFIGURATION TERMINAL BATCH Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1481
Defaults The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
PAGE 1482
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
PAGE 1483
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1484
55 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. The chapter contains the following sections: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands Topics: • • SNMP Commands Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1485
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1486
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Example Dell#show snmp engineID Local SNMP engineID: 0000178B02000001E80214A8 Remote Engine ID IP-addr Port 80001F88043132333435 172.31.1.3 5009 80001F88043938373635 172.31.1.3 5008 Dell# Related Commands snmp-server engineID — configures local and remote SNMP engines on the router. show snmp group Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group.
PAGE 1487
show snmp user Display the information configured on each SNMP user name. C9000 Series Syntax show snmp user Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.
PAGE 1488
Example Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. !----command run on host connected to switch:------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.
PAGE 1489
snmp-server contact Configure contact information for troubleshooting this SNMP node. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server contact text To delete the SNMP server contact information, use the no snmp-server contact command. Parameters text Enter an alphanumeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1490
Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server community Configure a new community string access for SNMPv1 v2 and v3.
PAGE 1491
• • v1v2creadu / v1v2creadg — maps to a community with ro (read-only) permissions. v1v2cwriteu/ v1v2cwriteg — maps to a community with rw (read-write) permissions. The community-name parameter indexes this command. If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data. Only Standard IPv4 ACL and IPv6 ACL is supported in the optional access-list-name. The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive.
PAGE 1492
• • • • • • lacp — Enable notification of LACP state changes. snmp — Enable SNMP notifications defined in RFC 1157. stp — Enable notification of a state change in the spanning tree protocol (RFC 1493). vlt — Enable notification of VLT state changes. vrrp —Enable notification of a state change in a VRRP group. xstp — Enable notification of a state change in MSTP (802.1s), RSTP (802.1w), and PVST+.
PAGE 1493
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf management udpport port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ipaddress vrf management udp-port port-number engineID] command.
PAGE 1494
snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1495
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Added support for the access parameter. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview.
PAGE 1496
• Version 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is version 1. auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword priv to specify both authentication and then scrambling of the packet.
PAGE 1497
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information In order to configure the router to send SNMP notifications, enter at least one snmp-server host command. If you enter the command with no keywords, all trap types are enabled for the host. If you do not enter an snmpserver host command, no notifications are sent.
PAGE 1498
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1499
snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. C9000 Series Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1500
auth-password] [priv {des56 | aes128} priv password] [access access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name] command. Parameters name Enter the name of the user (not to exceed 20 characters), on the host that connects to the agent. group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): • • v1v2creadu — maps to a community with ro permissions.
PAGE 1501
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6.(0.0) Added aes 128 encryption algorithm parameter. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1502
To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1503
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to bind an SNMP agent to a VRF. The SNMP agent processes the requests from the interfaces that belong to the specified VRF. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name.
PAGE 1504
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1505
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1506
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1507
To disable logging, use the no logging {ip-address | ipv6-address | hostname} {{vrf management} | {udp {port}} | {tcp {port}} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::X format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. management Management VRF name to be used to reach host.
PAGE 1508
Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 7 or debugging. size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes.
PAGE 1509
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
PAGE 1510
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. Usage Information This command is available with or without RBAC enabled. When RBAC is enabled you can restrict access to audit and security logs based on the CLI sessions’ user roles. If extended logging is disabled, you can only view system events, regardless of RBAC user role.
PAGE 1511
• • • syslog (Syslog process) user (user process) uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1512
Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging history size Specify the number of messages stored in the logging history table. C9000 Series Syntax logging history size size To return to the default values, use the no logging history size command.
PAGE 1513
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1514
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. C9000 Series Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 1515
To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa. The range is from 0 to 7. The default is 2. all Enter the keyword all to turn off all.
PAGE 1516
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To block a type of message parameter, set the logging trap level to a lower number. For example, to block severity messages at level 6, set the level to 5.
PAGE 1517
From a PE console, useshow logging [number] Parameters number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535. history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table. reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot.
PAGE 1518
- repeated 11 times Feb 18 00:46:17: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_DN: Changed interface Admin state to down: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 00:45:46: %SYSTEM:CP %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from vty0 ( 10.16.127.145 )by admin - repeated 6 times Feb 18 00:45:46: %SYSTEM:CP %IFMGR-5-ASTATE_UP: Changed interface Admin state to up: Fo 2/0 Feb 18 00:45:40: %SYSTEM:CP %SEC-3-AUTHENTICATION_ENABLE_SUCCESS: Enable password authentication success on vty0 ( 10.16.127.
PAGE 1519
stack port state to up: 3/1 Jul 30 16:34:23: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_UP: stack-unit 3 is up Jul 30 16:34:23: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-CHECKIN: Checkin from stack-unit 3 (type C1048P, 52 ports) Jul 30 16:34:20: %PE255-UNIT1-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_DETECTED: stack-unit 3 present Jul 30 16:34:11: %PE255-C1048P:1 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 1/2 Jul 30 16:34:11: %PE255-C1048P:2 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port state to up: 2/1 Jul 30 16:34:07: %PE255
PAGE 1520
Jul 30 16:31:23: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-5-CHECKIN: Checkin from stack-unit 2 (type C1048P, 52 ports) Jul 30 16:31:21: %PE255-UNIT3-M:CP %CHMGR-5-STACKUNIT_DETECTED: stack-unit 2 present Jul 30 16:31:13: %PE255-UNIT1-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Completed uploading pre-recorded traps(send count:3, pending traps:0) to CB Jul 30 16:31:13: %PE255-UNIT1-S:CP %EVL-6-EVENT_LOGGING: Start uploading prerecorded traps(count:3) to CB Jul 30 16:31:11: %PE255-C1048P:3 %IFAGT-5-STACK_PORT_LINK_UP: Changed stack port stat
PAGE 1521
show logging driverlog Display the driver log for the specified hardware component. C9000 Series Syntax show logging driverlog {cp | linecard slot-id | pe pe-id stack—unit unit number From a PE console, use the show logging driverlog stack—unit unit number to view the driver logging information for a specified stack-unit. Parameters cp Enter the keyword cp to display the driver log for the Control Processor on the switch.
PAGE 1522
0:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 1:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 2:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 3:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 4:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 5:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 6:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 7:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 8:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 9:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 10:Task(tUsrRoot): [ Example (PE Console) 29525]SS DRV DEBUG: Wrapper init complete 301305]SS DRV DEBUG: Core init complete 913]SS DRV DEBUG: port:0 isfanout:0 40]SS DRV DEBUG: port:4 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:8 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:12 isfanout:0 36]SS DRV DEBUG: port:16 isfanout:0 36]SS DR
PAGE 1523
18:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 53]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redundant block failed errcode 6 19:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 49]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom, failed to get any good block 20:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 71]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed checksum calulated checksum 0x1d32 actual chksum 0x0 21:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 52]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Main block failed errcode 6 22:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 61]EEPROM LIB ERR: f10EepromBlkRead@psu0eeprom: Redund
PAGE 1524
54:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 562]========================================= 55:Task(tUsrRoot): [ 51]sysDrvLoggerFreezeTop: Top of Log Frozen.
PAGE 1525
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed port pipe. In a dual homing setup, you can use this command only from the primary VLT peer.
PAGE 1526
1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d 1d Example ((PE Console) 02:26:50:148668:qsfp-1 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 16 02:26:50:156237:qsfp-2 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 15 02:26:50:163966:qsfp-3 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 14 02:26:50:179846:qsfp-6 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 24 02:26:50:187498:qsfp-7 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 23 02:26:50:202989:qsfp-11 eeprom attempting to read on from iic at : 18 02:28:50:440146:qsfp-0 eeprom
PAGE 1527
56 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Table 13.
PAGE 1528
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option BER_ERR_CLR SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %IFMGR-5-BER_ERR_CLR: High Ber cleared on interface : %s FAST_RETRAIN %IFMGR-5-FAST_RETRAIN: Retrain event detected on interface : %s RESV N/A
PAGE 1529
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby SFM CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MINOR_SFM_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: Working standby SFM present CHM_PWRSRC_DOWN %CHMGR-2-PEM_PRBLM: Major alarm: problem with power entry module %s CHM_PWRSRC_CLR %CHMGR-5-PEM_OK: Major alarm cleare
PAGE 1530
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANTRAYOK: Major alarm cleared: fan tray present CHM_MIN_FANBAD For the E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_BAD: Minor alarm: some fans in fan tray %d are down For the E600 and E300: %CHMGR- 2-1FANBAD: Minor alarm: fan in fan tray is down CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN
PAGE 1531
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option VRRP_GO_MASTER PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVOM NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE DOT1BR NONE %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER VRRP_PROTOCOL_ERROR VRRP_PROTOERR: VRRP protocol error on %S BGP4_ESTABLISHED %TRAP-5-PEER_ESTABLISHED: Neighbor %a, state %s BGP4_BACKW_XSITION %TRAP-5-BACKWARD_STATE_TRANS: Neighbor %a, state %s CH_ALAR
PAGE 1532
57 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP). Topics: • • • • • • • • • • • • bpdu-destination-mac-address bridge-priority debug spanning-tree description disable forward-delay hello-time max-age protocol spanning-tree show config show spanning-tree 0 spanning-tree 0 bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
PAGE 1533
bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. C9000 Series Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge.
PAGE 1534
general (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword general to debug general STP operations. root (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword root to debug STP root transactions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.
PAGE 1535
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable the spanning tree protocol globally on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax disable To enable Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled (that is, the spanning tree protocol is disabled.) Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1536
Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1537
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge. C9000 Series Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the system waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1538
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1539
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1540
Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG. “Current root...” Lists the bridge priority and MAC address for the root bridge. “Topology flag...” States whether the topology flag and the detected flag were set. “Number of...
PAGE 1541
Designated port id is 8.26, designated path cost 0 Timers: message age 0, forward_delay 0, hold 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU: sent:18, received 0 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 27 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/2) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.27 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
PAGE 1542
Parameters stp-id Enter the STP instance ID. The range is 0. cost cost Enter the keyword cost then a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. The defaults are: • • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2. Port Channel interface with 10-Gigabit Ethernet = 1. portfast Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding [bpduguard mode immediately after the root fails. [shutdown-on-viol Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
PAGE 1543
• • If a BPDU is received from a remote device, BPDU guard places the port in an Err-Disabled Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. To display the type of STP guard (Portfast BPDU, root, or loop guard) enabled on a port, enter the show spanning-tree 0 command.
PAGE 1544
58 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/ Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1545
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1546
Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
PAGE 1547
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network.
PAGE 1548
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_seco Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is nd in from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1549
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-series and S-Series. Usage Information Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against the broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter.
PAGE 1550
shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port when flow-control traffic exceeds the configured rate. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9500, S3048-ON, S4048-ON, and S6000-ON.
PAGE 1551
storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). C9000 Series Syntax storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable unknown-unicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control unknown-unicast [percentage decimal_value in] | [wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1552
59 SupportAssist SupportAssist sends troubleshooting data securely to Dell. SupportAssist in this Dell Networking OS release does not support automated email notification at the time of hardware fault alert, automatic case creation, automatic part dispatch, or reports. SupportAssist requires Dell Networking OS 9.9(0.0) and SmartScripts 9.7 or later to be installed on the Dell Networking device. For more information on SmartScripts, see Dell Networking Open Automation guide.
PAGE 1553
• • Example Even before you accept or reject the EULA, the configuration data is sent to the default centrally deployed SupportAssist Server. If you reject the EULA, the configuration data is not transmitted to the SupportAssist server. If there is an existing SupportAssist configuration, the configuration is not removed and the feature is disabled. Accept the EULA: Dell(conf)# eula-consent support-assist accept I accept the terms of the license agreement.
PAGE 1554
support-assist Move to the SupportAssist configuration mode. Syntax support-assist To remove all the configuration of the SupportAssist service, use the no support-assist command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.
PAGE 1555
core-transfer Enter the keyword core-transfer to specify transfer of core files. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.
PAGE 1556
contact-company Configure the contact information for the company. Syntax contact-company name {company-name}[company-next-name] ... [company-next-name] To remove the contact company information, use the no contact-company command. Parameters company-name Enter the name for the company. If there are multiple words in the name, use optional additional fields. company-nextname (OPTIONAL) Enter the next components of the company name, up to 5 components are allowed.
PAGE 1557
It is not possible to remove the first name or last name. The no form of the command removes the entire contactperson entry. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. enable Enable all activities and severs for the SupportAssist service. Syntax enable all To disable the SupportAssist activities temporarily, use the no enable all command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable all SupportAssist service activities.
PAGE 1558
SupportAssist Activity Commands Dell Networking OS supports the following SupportAssist Activity mode commands. action-manifest get Copy an action-manifest file for an activity to the system. Syntax action-manifest get tftp | ftp | flash Parameters file-specification Enter the full file specification for the action-manifest file.
PAGE 1559
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1560
Command History Related Commands This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL.
PAGE 1561
To remove the complete company contact information, use the no address command. Parameters city company-city (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword city then the city or town for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes. province | region | (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword province, region or state then the name of state name province, region or state for the company site. To include a space, enter a space within double quotes.
PAGE 1562
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. territory Configure the territory and set the coverage for the company site. Syntax territory company-territory To remove the company territory information, use the no territory command. Parameters company-territory Enter the territory name for the company.
PAGE 1563
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. Usage Information The email addresses must have the standard form of @ to be considered valid. This command is optional for SupportAssist service configuration. Related Commands • preferred-method — configure the preferred method for contacting the person. phone Configure phone numbers to reach the contact person.
PAGE 1564
Related Commands Version Description 9.11(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator and FN IOM. 9.10(0.0) Introduced on the C9010, Z9100–ON, S6100–ON, and S3100 series. 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S3048–ON, S4048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9500, MXL. • • email-address — configure email addresses to reach the contact person. phone — configure phone numbers to reach the contact person. time-zone Configure the time zone for contacting the person.
PAGE 1565
NOTE: To use the IPv6 address, the Open Automation package should also support IPv6 communications. For this purpose, SupportAssist requires Dell Networking Open Automation 9.10(0.0) package or later. port port-number Enter the keyword port then the TCP/IP port number. The port number range is from 80 to 100000. username userid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword username then the user ID used for the proxy server. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the user password.
PAGE 1566
url Configure the URL to reach the SupportAssist remote server. Syntax url uniform-resource-locator To delete the URL for the server, use the no url command. Parameters uniform-resource- Enter a text string for the URL using one of the following formats: locator • http://[username:password@]:/ • https://[username:password@]:/ NOTE: The host IP for the server may be specified as an IPv4 address, an IPv6 address or as a DNS hostname.
PAGE 1567
Dell SupportAssist also collects and stores machine diagnostic information, which may include but is not limited to configuration information, user supplied contact information, names of data volumes, IP addresses, access control lists, diagnostics & performance information, network configuration information, host/server configuration & performance information and related data (Collected Data) and transmits this information to Dell.
PAGE 1568
Example Dell# show running-config support-assist ! support-assist enable all ! activity event-transfer enable action-manifest install default ! activity core-transfer enable ! contact-company name Dell street-address F lane , Sector 30 address city Brussels state HeadState country Belgium postalcode S328J3 ! contact-person first Fred last Nash email-address primary des@sed.com alternate sed@dol.
PAGE 1569
09:38:27 IST Dell# SupportAssist 1569
PAGE 1570
60 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1571
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up.
PAGE 1572
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1573
end-day Enter the weekday name that you want daylight saving time to end. Enter the weekdays using the three letter abbreviations; for example Sun, Sat, Mon, and so on. The range is from Sun to Sat. end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to 1440.
PAGE 1574
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
PAGE 1575
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp authenticate Enable authentication of NTP traffic between the switch and the NTP time serving hosts. C9000 Series Syntax ntp authenticate To disable NTP authentication, use the no ntp authentication command. Defaults Not enabled.
PAGE 1576
This number must be the same as the number parameter configured in the ntp trusted-key command. md5 Specify that the authentication key is encrypted using MD5 encryption algorithm. 0 Specify that authentication key is entered in an unencrypted format (default). 7 Specify that the authentication key is entered in DES encrypted format. key Enter the authentication key in the previously specified format. Defaults NTP authentication is not configured by default.
PAGE 1577
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. C9000 Series Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command.
PAGE 1578
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
PAGE 1579
Parameters offset-threshold threshold-value (Optional) Enter the keyword offset-threshold and then the threshold value. The range is from 0 to 999. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version Description 9.10(0.
PAGE 1580
Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts (up to 250). From these time-serving hosts, the system chooses one NTP host with which to synchronize. To determine which server was selected, use the show ntp associations command. Because many polls to NTP hosts can impact network performance, Dell Networking recommends limiting the number of hosts configured. Related Commands show ntp associations — displays the NTP servers configured and their status.
PAGE 1581
ntp trusted-key Set a key to authenticate the system to which NTP synchronizes. C9000 Series Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1582
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010 and C1048P. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (PE Console) Dell#show clock 13:24:32.
PAGE 1583
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below. Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • • • • • remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock. st Displays the peer’s stratum, that is, the number of hops away from the external time source.
PAGE 1584
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...
PAGE 1585
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.
PAGE 1586
61 Tunneling Commands Tunnel interfaces create a logical tunnel for IPv4 or IPv6 traffic. You can configure DCSP, hop-limits and flow-labels. To enable a tunnel interface, use the following commands.
PAGE 1587
NOTE: The ip unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from one of the address family. ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address.
PAGE 1588
Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D to match a range of remote addresses. The default mask is /32 for IPv4 addresses and /128 for IPv6 addresses, which match only the specified address. Defaults If you do not configure tunnel allow remote , all traffic which is destined to tunnel source address is decapsulated.
PAGE 1589
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1590
tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel hop-limit value To restore the default tunnel hop-limit, use the no tunnel hop-limit command. Parameters value Enter the hop limit (ipv6) or time-to-live (ipv4) value to include in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 64.
PAGE 1591
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. Usage Information Enabling tunnel keepalive causes ICMP echo packets to be sent to the keepalive target. The ICMP echo will be sourced from the tunnel interface logical IPv4 or IPv6 address and will be tunnel encapsulated. The response will be accepted whether it returns tunnel encapsulated or not.
PAGE 1592
tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-type-number | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. interface-typenumber • • • anylocal For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1593
62 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1594
Related Commands Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1595
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1596
Usage Information You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group. An uplink-state group can contain either the member ports of a port channel or the port channel itself, but not both.
PAGE 1597
Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
PAGE 1598
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. C9000 Series Syntax show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] Parameters group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1599
Defaults none Command Modes • • Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
PAGE 1600
uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enable the tracking of upstream links on a switch/ router. C9000 Series Syntax uplink-state-group group-id To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no uplink-state-group group-id command. Parameters group-id Enter the ID number of an uplink-state group. The range is from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1601
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interface types: • • • 10-Gigabit Ethernet: tengigabitethernet {slot/port | slot/portrange} 40-Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/port-range} Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | port-channel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: tengigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5.
PAGE 1602
63 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1603
back-up destination Configure the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the management interface on the remote VLT peer to be used as the endpoint of the VLT backup link for sending out-of-band hello messages. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters back-up destination {[ipv4–address] | [ipv6 ipv6–address] [interval seconds]} ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1604
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.
PAGE 1605
Usage Information To delay the system from bringing up the VLT port for a brief period to allow IGMP Snooping and Layer 3 routing protocols to converge, use the delay-restore parameter. Use this feature: • • Related Commands after a VLT device is reloaded. after the time when active VLTi link failed and restored. show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
PAGE 1606
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. C9000 Series Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150.
PAGE 1607
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added support for the peer-down-vlan parameter. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down, use the peer-down-vlan parameter.
PAGE 1608
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the support for IPV6 / IPV4. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1609
show vlt brief Displays summarized status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt brief Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.
PAGE 1610
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1611
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
PAGE 1612
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1613
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.
PAGE 1614
stack Vlan-ID ------- Local ----- 100 Peer ---- N M Port-type-config ---------------Codes:: p - PVLAN Promiscuous port, h - PVLAN Host port, t - PVLAN Trunk port, mt - Vlan-stack trunk port, mu - Vlan-stack access port, n - Normal port Vlt Lag ------128 Local ----mt Peer ---mu Vlan-stack protocol-type -----------------------Local ----0x4100 Peer ---0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag -------128 Local VLANs ----------4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt
PAGE 1615
20(C) 30 (I) 40 50(C) 60 (I) V V T T T show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1616
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. C9000 Series Syntax show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] Parameters domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
PAGE 1617
L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd: 2 Reg Response Sent:
PAGE 1618
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically creates a VLT-system MAC address used for internal system operations. To reconfigure the default MAC address for the domain by entering a new MAC address in the format nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn, use the system-mac command. You must also reconfigure the same MAC address on the VLT peer switch.
PAGE 1619
vlt domain Enable VLT on a switch, configure a VLT domain, and enter VLT-domain configuration mode. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters vlt domain domain-id domain-id Enter the Domain ID number. Configure the same domain ID on the peer switch. The range of domain IDs is from 1 to 1000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1620
Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a L3 end point in another VLT domain.
PAGE 1621
proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using LLDP protocol. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
PAGE 1622
proxy-gateway static Enable the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. C9000 Series Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is added, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 module.
PAGE 1623
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain#proxy-gateway static Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-static)#remote-mac-address 00:01:e8:06:95:ac exclude-vlan 3 show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1624
Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 3,7-8 vlt-peer-mac transmit Enable the device to transmit peer MAC address along with its own mac-address (in LLDP TLV packets) to the remote VLT Domain. C9000 Series Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S3048-ON. 9.7(0.1) Introduced on the S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5.(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500 9.4(0.
PAGE 1625
64 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system. Topics: • • IPv4 VRRP Commands IPv6 VRRP Commands IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. C9000 Series Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command.
PAGE 1626
Usage Information Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. C9000 Series Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command. Parameters simple Enter the keyword simple to specify simple authentication.
PAGE 1627
vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.
PAGE 1628
bfd Enter the keyword bfd to enable debugging of VRRP BFD interactions. database Enter the keyword database to enable debugging of configuration changes. interface Enter the keyword interface to enable debugging of interface state changes.. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes.
PAGE 1629
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, use the no disable command. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1630
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds. centisecs Enter the keyword centisecs then the number of centisecs in units of 25 centisecs . The range is from 0 to 65525 in units of 25 centisecs. centisecs Defaults zero (0) seconds or or (0) centiseconds Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1631
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. priority Specify a VRRP priority value for the VRRP group. The VRRP protocol uses this value during the MASTER election process. C9000 Series Syntax priority priority To return to the default value, use the no priority command. Parameters priority Enter a number as the priority.
PAGE 1632
Parameters verbose (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword verbose to view all VRRP group configuration information, including defaults. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1633
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.
PAGE 1634
Field Description • • • Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Example (Brief) Example (C9000) 1634 Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group.
PAGE 1635
Dell#show run int te 1/20 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/20 ip vrf forwarding indus ip address 2.1.1.1/24 ! vrrp-group 10 authentication-type simple 7 7ba207e73007dfaf priority 200 virtual-address 2.1.1.20 no shutdown Dell#show vrrp vrf indus -----------------TenGigabitEthernet 1/20, IPv4 VRID: 10, Version: 2, Net: 2.1.1.1 VRF: 1 indus State: Master, Priority: 200, Master: 2.1.1.
PAGE 1636
Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Usage Information You can use the version both command to migrate from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3. When you set the VRRP protocol version to both, the switch sends only VRRPv3 advertisements but can receive either VRRPv2 or VRRPv3 packets. To migrate an IPv4 VRRP group from VRRPv2 to VRRPv3: 1. Set the switches with the lowest priority to “both”. 2.
PAGE 1637
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
PAGE 1638
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. C9000 Series Syntax vrrp delay reload seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1639
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets.
PAGE 1640
Version Description 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series (S50 only). 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If the interface is disabled, the cost value is subtracted from the priority value and forces a new MASTER election if the priority value is lower than the priority value in the BACKUP virtual routers. IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands.
PAGE 1641
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Enable debugging of VRRP. C9000 Series Syntax Parameters debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
PAGE 1642
show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. C9000 Series Syntax show vrrp ipv6 [vrid] [interface] [brief][vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
PAGE 1643
Line Beginning Description with Hold Down:... This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • • • Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • • • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface. Bad pkts rcvd displays the number of invalid packets received on the interface. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group.
PAGE 1644
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.2.(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1645
65 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. C9000 Series Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) from the LPM route forwarding table in hardware which gets added as a default configuration after the initialization of FIB Agent module, use the no ip unknown-unicast command.
PAGE 1646
Usage Information All the default catch-all entries in the longest prefix match (LPM) table collect and transmit all unresolved IPv6 packets to the CPU, even if they are destined for unknown destinations. description Enter a descriptive name for a customer VRF. C9000 Series Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None.
PAGE 1647
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON and Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF. To assign a port-back to a default VRF, remove VRF association from the interface.
PAGE 1648
Only active routes are eligible for sharing. For example, if one VRF has two routes corresponding to BGP and OSPF, and the BGP route is inactive, the OSPF route takes precedence over BGP. The inactive BGP route is not shared even when the target VRF has the filtering options enabled to match BGP. Related Commands ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF. ip route-import Import IPv4 routes leaked by another VRF using the tag specified by that VRF during route-export process.
PAGE 1649
tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes. You can use this identifier while importing these routes into another non-default VRF. route-map-name (Optional) Enter the name of the route-map to filter the exported routes. You can leak global routes to be made available to VRFs.
PAGE 1650
Command History Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, and Z9500. Usage Information It is possible to configure multiple import conditions per VRF depending on the exporting VRF. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored.
PAGE 1651
Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands imported-bgp Enter the keyword imported-bgp to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the BGP protocol. imported-ospf Enter the keyword imported-ospf to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the OSPF protocol. imported-isis Enter the keyword imported-isis to redistribute leaked routes that are learnt using the ISIS protocol. route-map Enter the name of the route-map to specify the filtering criteria for imported routes.
PAGE 1652
maximum dynamic-routes Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) routes a VRF can have. C9000 Series Syntax maximum dynamic-routes limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only} To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 16,000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
PAGE 1653
Version Description 9.9(0.0) Introduced on the C9010. 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
PAGE 1654
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to display information from the running-config corresponding to either a specific VRF or all the VRFs in the system.
PAGE 1655
66 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. For more information about basic VLAN commands, see the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1656
• • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/ port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1657
Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1658
vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts. C9000 Series Syntax vlan-stack dot1p-mapping c-tag-dot1p values sp-tag-dot1p value Parameters c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword c-tag-dot1p then the customer dot1p value that is mapped to a service provider do1p value. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 1659
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. C-Series and S-Series accept both bytes of the 2byte S-Tag TPID. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information For specific interoperability limitations regarding the S-Tag TPID, see the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1660
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, execute the switchport command. To remove the trunk port designation, first remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. A VLAN-Stack trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for singletagged VLANs.
PAGE 1661
Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/0)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vlan)#member Te 0/0, Te 1/0, Te 2/10 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)#interface vlan 30 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#untagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# Dell(config)#interface vlan 40 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#tagged TenGi 1/0 Dell(conf-if-vlan)#exit Dell(config)# VLAN Stacking 1661
PAGE 1662
67 X.509v3 X.509v3 is a standard for public key infrastructure (PKI) to manage digital certificates and public key encryption. This standard specifies a format for public-key certificates or digital certificates. Dell Networking OS supports X.509v3 standards.
PAGE 1663
crypto ca-cert install Downloads and installs the certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) on to the device. Syntax Parameters crypto ca-cert install path path Enter the path where the CA certificate is available for download. The format that you use to specify the location of the CA certificate also includes the protocol that is used to contact the CA.
PAGE 1664
The certificate matching the current FIPS state is deleted. If the system is in FIPS mode, the FIPS certificate is deleted. If the system is in non-FIPS mode, the non-FIPS certificate is deleted. Before deleting the system’s trusted certificate, the system prompts you to specify whether to proceed with deletion. If you proceed, the system deletes the certificate and also the private key.
PAGE 1665
validity days (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword validity followed by the number of days for which the certificate is valid. NOTE: For CSRs, validity has no effect. For self-signed certificates, if validity is not specified, it defaults to 3650 days, or 10 years. length length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword length followed by a bit length value. The default key length for both FIPS and non-FIPS mode is 2048. Minimum key length value for FIPS mode is 2048. The range is from 2048 to 4096.
PAGE 1666
where the certificate file is stored. Following are example of a path that you can specify: flash://certs/s4810-001-request.crtand usbflash:/certs/ s4810-001-cert.pem NOTE: Before installing a trusted certificate, you first need to download it from a remote CA using the copy command. . key-file Enter the keyword key-file to specify the private key. private Enter the keyword private to specify that the key is stored in a hidden location in the NVRAM.
PAGE 1667
Related Commands • crypto ca-cert install crypto x509 ocsp Configures the OCSP behavior. Syntax Parameters crypto x509 ocsp [nonce] [sign-requests] nonce Enter the keyword nonce to use the nonce feature for the OCSP requests to OCSP responder communication. This is a one-time value that must be returned in the OCSP response. If the OCSP responder is using precomputed responses, then it does not reply with the nonce. The nonce feature is off by default.
PAGE 1668
Related Commands Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. • crypto x509 ocsp debug crypto This command allows you to test a certificate chain file for validity and checking revocation outside of its use in TLS communication. Syntax debug crypto {flash://path} Parameters path Enter the path to a local file where a certificate chain is stored in PEM format. Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1669
the received certificate’s sha-1 fingerprint against this configured sha-1 fingerprint. If present, only the fingerprint is used for certificate revocation validation. port port-number Enter the keyword port followed by the port number. The default port number is 6514 for secure logging. Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1670
When you use this command, the device maps the current certificate context in the certificate store to a CA certificate through the subject key identifier field. The subject key identifier field contains the SHA-1 hash of the CA’s public key. This configuration provides a way to uniquely identify a CA and associate it with any CA-specific settings. This context is used to store certificate-specific settings such as alternate CRL and OCSP locations. Incoming X.
PAGE 1671
Defaults None. Command Modes CERTIFICATE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command.
PAGE 1672
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, see the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command: Version Description 9.11.0.0 Introduced this command. Usage Information The following RBAC roles are allowed to issue this command: Related Commands 1672 X.